NOTITIA 
 
 OP 
 
 NEW-BRUNSWICK, 
 
 FOB 
 
 1836 , 
 
 \ 
 
 m 
 
 lj 
 
 1'' 
 
 ^ V 
 2% 
 
 j 
 
 3 \ 
 i' 
 
 Si 
 
 *8: N 
 
 f ' 
 
 : \ 
 \ 
 
 AND EXTENDING INTO 18S7 s 
 
 COMPRISING 
 
 HISTORICAL, GEOGRAPHICAL, STATISTICAL, 
 
 AND 
 
 % 
 
 COMMERCIAL NOTICES 
 
 OP THE 
 
 PROVINTCE. 
 
 BY AN INHABITANT. 
 
 Whatever concerns my Country, interests me; 
 ** 1 follow nature, with truth my guide/’ 
 
 SAINT JOHN : 
 
 PRINTED TOR THE AUTHOR, BT HENRY CHUBB, UABEET'S^U ARE. 
 
 1838 , 
 
ADVERTISEIttEiliT. 
 
 In presenting the Notitia kj the public, the author deems it 
 due to himself to state, that while the work was in progress, 
 circumstances arose which induced him to relinquish a part 
 of his original plan, and to contract the other. This is par- 
 ticularly the case in the description of the North-Eastern 
 Counties, which, being near the close, are but briefly noticed, 
 as it was doubtful whether the work would be published. 
 
 It was also a part of the original plan to have added a 
 short inquiry into the efiects of the present system of Bank- 
 ing on the vital inteiNests of this rising Province ; with vari- 
 ous other matters relating to our political economy, that na- 
 turally present themselves in a work of this nature, 
 
 ' It was likewise the intention of the au^or to have illus- 
 trated the work with a Map of the Province, and such Plans 
 and Tables as w’ere within his reach ; but the times do not 
 warrant any great outlay on w’orks of this description,. 
 
NOTITIA 
 
 OP 
 
 NEW-BRUNSWICK, 
 
 FOR 
 
 1826 , 
 
 AND EXTENDING INTO 1837 ; 
 
 COMPRISING 
 
 HISTORICAL, GEOGRAPHICAL, STATISTICAL, 
 
 AND 
 
 COMMERCIAL NOTICES 
 
 OF THE 
 
 PKOVmCE. 
 
 BY AN INHABITANT. 
 
 « Wlialevcr concerns my Country, interests me; 
 ** I follow nature, with truth my guide.” 
 
 
 SAINT JOHN: 
 
 PRINTED FOR THE ADTHOH, ET HENRY CHUBB, MAaKET-SQ,UARE. 
 
 18 38, 
 
1 
 
 » 
 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 The principal design of the writer in drawing up the fol- 
 lowing pages was to give a concise and faithful view of the 
 capabilities and trade of New-Brunswick, with such statisti- 
 cal statements as the nature of such a work would require : 
 combined with a brief sketch of the climate, soil, and various 
 productions of the Province, with a short description of the 
 face of the country — an outline of its history, &c. to serve 
 as a text book for those who might be seeking information 
 on these points. 
 
 In prosecution of those objects it was the intention of 
 the writer in the commencement of the work, to have given 
 a short but faithful account of the first landing, and estab- 
 lishment of the Loyalists in the country in the year 1783 ; 
 with such sketches of its early history as must be interesting 
 to its inhabitants. And as there are many circumstances 
 connected with those events that will sink into oblivion, if 
 not recorded and fixed on some durable record ; the utility 
 of such a work must be obvious to every person who feels an 
 interest in the welfare of his country. As circnmstances 
 have arisen to prevent him accomplishing these desirable ob- 
 jects, he has introduced some preliminary observations on this 
 subject, and is happy to find that valuable materials are col- 
 lecting at King’s College, to carry out such a design,— 
 “ The early history and settlement of New-Brunswick,” ha- 
 ving been the subject of the Essay for the Douglas Medal 
 in 1836, and which is said to have produced a very able trea- 
 tise. This may be hailed as a good beginning; and the Col- 
 lege could not render a greater service to the public than to 
 make the Natural, as well as the Civil History of the Pro- 
 vince, the subject of future essays . By these means a mass of 
 valuable information would be collected and placed on record. 
 No class of persons could be better qualified for such tasks 
 than the students of King’s College — as, independent of their 
 own researches, they could obtain assistance from public 
 
IV 
 
 liocumeiits and other authentic sources, and coultl bring to 
 the work not oidy their own ingenuity and industry, but the 
 assistance of their parents and preceptors. lii therefore, a 
 series of essays was cotninenced on the animal, botanical, 
 and mineral productions of the Province, assisted by re- 
 searches, and illustrated 'by experiments, it would furnish 
 correct and valuable data for the developement of the re- 
 sources and capabilities of the Province. Those essays, 
 being also published yearly, would be a valuable source of in- 
 formation to the public. At present all that can be done is 
 to state as clearly as possible, in a general way, tlie indica- 
 tions of minerals, and to give a short sketch of the animal 
 and botanical productions ; as it would be vain to attempt 
 a classification where no data exist. This is all that has 
 been attempted by the w'riter, in the following pages, and 
 while he has confined himself to the strictest brevity, he 
 has aimed a glance at almost every thing of importance con- 
 nected with the Province. 
 
 While prosecuting this work, the writer found himself 
 much disappointed in obtaining those sources of information 
 which he had anticipated, particularly Mr. Cooney’s elabo- 
 rate work on the Counties of Norlhmnberland and Glouces- 
 ter, and Mr. Baillie’s Book. The latter being an authentic 
 authority for the extent, boundaries, and divisions of the 
 Province. He has, however, had the assistance of Mr. 
 WEDDEEBunN’s Statistics, from which he has extracted two 
 Tables, considering them valuable documents which cannot 
 be mended. 
 
 In prosecuting this work, the writer has consulted 
 the best sources of information, and where precise data 
 could not be obtained, he has stated things as near the 
 truth as possible. 'Ihe population is given according to the 
 Census of ISSI, and the reader must make allowance for 
 the increase since that time. 'I he other calculations are up 
 to the end of the year 183a, being the year for which the 
 work was compiled : seme of the articles"' however, are car- 
 ried into 1837. — The reader must also bear in mind that 
 more than a year has elapsed since the w'ork was prepared 
 for publication, and that many changes and events of great 
 importance to the Province have taken place since that 
 period. 
 
 THE AUTHOR. 
 
I TK OI» U € T . 
 
 PRELIMINARY OBSERVATIONS ON THE FIRST SETTLEMENT OF 
 
 THE COUNTRY. 
 
 The country called Nova-Scotia, which formerly included 
 the Province of New-Brunswick, was the first European set- 
 tlement on the continent of North America. The first grant 
 of lands in it, was given by James the First to Sir William 
 Alexander, from whom it had the name of Nova-Scotia or 
 New-Scotland. In 1604', the French first settled in this 
 countiy, to which they gave the name of Acadia, being in- 
 duced, it is supposed, by its vicinity to the countries abound- 
 ing with furs, to choose this place in preference to the more 
 delightful tracts to the southward. Even before they had 
 attempted any settlement in Canada, they had made small 
 settlements at Port Royal, and other places in Nova-Scotia. 
 This country continued for some time in dispute between the 
 Frcnch'and English, but was finally ceded in full sovereignty 
 to the British, at the peace of Utrecht, in 1713. Its limits, 
 as ascertained at that time, were the southern banks of the 
 St. Lawrence, to the North, and the river Pentagoet, (since 
 called Penobscot) to the West, being situated between the 
 43d and 49th degrees of North latitude. The English re- 
 stored it to its ancient name of Nova-Scotia, and built forti- 
 fications at Port Royal, after having changed its name to 
 Annapolis, in honour of Queen Anne. 
 
 The French who were allowed to remain in the country 
 as neuti’als, not satisfied with the privileges allowed them by 
 the British, to whom they had sworn allegiance, took every 
 opportunity to stir up the savages against the English set- 
 tlers. This jiroved such an annoyance to the colonists, that 
 the British Ministry came to the resolution, in the year 
 1749, of forming a permanent establishment in this country, 
 at the expense of government ; and as the war which had 
 just ended had thrown numbers of soldiers and sailors out 
 of employ, to prevent them from becoming troublesome to 
 
VI 
 
 the nation, encouragement was held out to all such as weie 
 willing to emigrate to Nova-Scotia, where lands w’cre allottet 
 to each person according to his rank, with a year s provision 
 and other allowances. 
 
 Induced by these prospects, 3740 persons set sail trom 
 England, in May 1749, under the command of Colonel Corn- 
 Wallis, whom the King had appointed their Governor. They 
 arrived at Chebucto in June, and shortly after built the 
 Town of Halifax, so called in honour of the Nobleman who 
 had projected the settlement. ^ 
 
 The establishment of such a powerful Colony in Nova-Sco- 
 tia, gave great umbrage to the French ; who, in defiance of 
 treaties, stirred up the Indians to commence hostilities against 
 the English settlers, some of whom they murdered, and car- 
 ried others prisoners to Louisbourg. Even during profound 
 peace, the Governor of Canada sent a detachment of troops 
 to fortify a post on the Bay of Chignecto, which encouraged 
 the French inhabitants to rise in open rebellion against the 
 English Government. 
 
 To check these outrages. General Cornwallis detached 
 Major Lawrence, in 1750, with a small body of men, to re- 
 duce them to obedience. At his approach the French inha- 
 bitants burned their towns and put themselves under the 
 protection of M. L. Come, the French Commander. The 
 Major not having sufficient force to attack that officer, re- 
 turned to Halifax, not having orders to commence hostilities 
 with any but the Indians and their open abettors. But he 
 had no sooner returned, than the French, in conjunction 
 with the Indians, again renewed their depredations on the 
 English settlements. 
 
 The English Governor, justly incensed at these violations 
 of neutrality, again detached Major Lawrence with a thou- 
 sand men, who were transported by sea to Chignecto, where 
 the French and Indians were entrenched to oppose bis land- 
 ing. He immediately made a descent, drove them from their 
 works, and forced them to take shelter in Fort Beau-stjour, 
 which had lately been ei*ected by M. L. Come. Major 
 Lawrence then built a fort on the opposite side of the river, 
 (which was named after its projector. Fort Lawrence,) into 
 which he put a garrison, to serve as check to the French. 
 
 Notwithstanding this precaution, they in concert with the 
 Savages, (whom they inspired with that hatred which they 
 themselves bore to the English) still continued to molest the 
 colonists, by burning their settlements and scalping the in- 
 habitants ; being encouraged and assisted in their expeditions 
 
vu 
 
 by the French Commanders in Canada ; who, notwithstand- 
 ing the peace between the two nations, continued their en- 
 croachments in Nova-Scotia, by building a fort at Bay Verte 
 and another at the mouth of the Saint John river. 
 
 Frequent demands having been made by the British, that 
 orders should be sent to D. L. Jonquiere, the French Com- 
 mander in America, to desist from violence against the Bri- 
 tish in that country, without efiect. Goveimor Lawrence, in 
 1755, sent Lieut.-Colonel Monckton, with a body of troops 
 to drive the French from the forts which they had erected in 
 Nova-Scotia. A small squadron, under Captain Rous, was 
 sent up the Bay of Fundy, at the same time to co-operate 
 with the troops. Upon the arrival of the armament at Mas- 
 saguash, the French troops, with the rebel neutrals and Indi- 
 ans, were found strongly posted, being protected by a block- 
 house and breast-w'ork. From these they were immediately 
 driven by the British. Colonel Monckton next advanced 
 against Fort Beau-sejour, which he took in four days, with- 
 out artillery, although the French had twentj'-six pieces of 
 cannon mounted on the works. After putting a garrison in- 
 to this place, and changing its name to Fort Cumberland, 
 Colonel Moncton next reduced the Fort at Bay Verte, which 
 w'as the chief magazine for supplying the French and Indians 
 with arms and arhmunition. Here he found a large quan- 
 tity of provisions and stores of different kinds. After the 
 capture of this place. Colonel Monckton disarmed the French 
 neutrals, who had so often disturbed the English, to the 
 number of 15,000. 
 
 In the mean time Captain Rous had sailed to the mouth 
 of the river Saint John, and driven the French from all 
 their strong holds in that part of the country : this was in the 
 year 1755. The French having been driven from all their 
 Colonies in North America, except Louisiana, by the total 
 reduction of Canada, in the year 1760, a French squadron 
 took shelter in the Bay of Chaleur. Here they were found 
 by Commodore Byron, and totally destroyed, together with 
 their batteries on shore and a French town. By this means, 
 all the French settlers from the Bay of Fundy to the Gulph 
 of Saint Lawrence, were subdued under the British Govern- 
 ment. The Colonies of Miramichi and Richibucto, having 
 made their submission a short time before, to Col. Fry, at 
 Fort Cumberland, again renewed their submission, and re- 
 paired to Bay Verte, with all their effects and shipping, to 
 be disposed of according to the direction of Colonel Law- 
 rence, the Governor of Nova-Scotia. 
 
Vlll 
 
 Thus, after an arduous struggle of upwards of one hun- 
 dred and fifty years, during which period the British colo- 
 nists were fretjuently exposed to the most imminent dangei, 
 the French were totally subdued, and the tranc|uillity of No- 
 va-Scotia effectually secured. 
 
 Continuing true to its allegiance, when the other colonies 
 threw off the dominion of Great Britain, this country be- 
 came the refuge of many Loyalists, who, being driven from 
 their homes for their attachment to their Sovereign, fled to 
 Nova-Scotia, to enjoy the blessings of that Government un- 
 der which they drew their first breath. 
 
 After the peace in 1783, a great emigration took place to 
 this country. Several corps that had been raised in America 
 during the war, were likewise sent to be discharged in Nova- 
 Scotia, where lands were allotted them by Government, with 
 provisions and farming utensils, to enable them to become 
 settlers. A Town was built at the mouth of the river Saint 
 John, and other settlements were formed. 
 
 In 1784, this country was divided into two Provinces. — 
 The southern part still retaining the name of Nova-Scotia, 
 and the northern division being styled New-Brunswick, over 
 which Lieutenant-Colonel Carleton, (brother to the General 
 of that name, who had preserved Canada,) was appointed 
 Governor on the 16th of August, ^y his judicious and 
 patriotic conduct, this infant colony soon began to flourish. 
 
 To encourage the settlement of the interior, a town was pro- 
 jected and built on the Point of St. Ann’s, on the river St, 
 John, about eighty-five miles up, at the head of sloop naviga- 
 tion, which was culled Fredericton. This being the most cen- 
 tral and eligible situation, was made the permanent Seat of 
 Government : being situated at nearly equal distances from 
 the towns and settlements that were forming at Miramichi, 
 Bay Verte, Passamaquoddy, and other parts of the Pro- 
 vince. 
 
 To facilitate the settlement of the upper part of the River 
 Saint John, which extends through a fine tract of country 
 nearly four hundred miles above Fredericton, two military 
 posts were established in the interior — one at the Presque 
 Isle, about one hundred and eighty miles from the mouth of 
 the River, and the other at the Grand Falls, fifty-two miles 
 farther up. Barracks were built at each post for the accom- 
 modation of a company of soldiers; but these have been suf- 
 fered to goto decay. Before the French revolution, two re- 
 giments were stationed in this Province, public works were 
 erected in different places, and the country rapidly improved. 
 
IX 
 
 Most of the old Frencli settlers on the banks of the River 
 Saint John, on the arrival of the English, removed farther 
 up the river, where (being joined by others from Canada) 
 they formed a settlement distinct from the English ; and have 
 ever since been quiet and well affected to the British Gov- 
 ernment. This settlement (called Madawaska) is situated 
 about midway between Fredericton and Quebec, and is in a 
 flourishing state. It has a Romish Chapel, where the rites 
 and ceremonies of that religion are duly performed by a Mis- 
 sionary from Canada ; who, likewise, with the assistance of 
 one or two leading persons, regulates the internal police of 
 the settlement — by settling disputes, keeping the peace, &c. ; 
 and so successful have been their exertions, that although 
 there are neither magistrates or lawyers in the settlement, 
 the Courts of Justice have but little trouble from that quar- 
 ter. The old inhabitants of the sea-board, are still to be 
 found in considerable numbers at Meraramcook, Bay Verte, 
 Buctouche, Richibucto, and along the sea coast to the Bay ' 
 of Chaleur ; at some of which places they have erected 
 Chapels, wdiich are usually supplied with Romish Missiona- 
 ries, who are supported by tythes from the French Catholics. 
 
 The Bai’on La-hontan, who enumerates foi‘ty-nine nations 
 of Indians in Canada and Acadia, names the following Tribes 
 as the original inhabitants of Nova-Scotia : — The Abenakies, 
 Mickmac, Canabas, Mahingans, Openadgas, Soccokis, and 
 Etechemins — from whom our present Indians are descended. 
 There are many causes operating against the increase of the 
 Indians in this country ; among which are — the improve- 
 ment of the lands — the number of French and English hun- 
 ter's — the scarcity of game — and their wretched mode of liv- 
 ing in the winter ; being frequently found in their wigwams 
 in a starving condition. 
 
 This Province has become of great importance to the 
 mother country ; not only as a nursery for seamen, but by 
 furnishing squared timber, masts, spars, &c. for the British 
 market, and boards, staves, shingles, fish, &c. for the West 
 Indies ; great quantities of which are exported from Mira- 
 michi. Saint Andrews, and other places. For which, the 
 chief returns from Britain, are Goods from the different ma- 
 nufactories ; and from the West Indies, the produce of the 
 Islands, with a small proportion of cash. 
 
 When the disbanded Soldiers and Refugees came here in 
 1783, there were but a few scattered hovels where Saint 
 John is now built ; and the adjacent country exhibited a 
 most desolate and forbidding aspect, which was peculiarly 
 
 B 
 
X 
 
 iliscouraging to people who hail just left their homes in the 
 beautiful and cultivated parts of the United States. Up the 
 River Saint John, the country appeared better ; and a few 
 cultivated spots were found occupied by old settlers. At St. 
 Ann’s, where Fredericton was afterwards built, a few scat- 
 tered huts of French, &c. were found — the country all a- 
 round being a continued wilderness; and hardly had these 
 wretched outcasts of their country, pitched their tents in the 
 cold month of October, than they w’ere enveloped in snow ; 
 nearly two feet having fallen the first night of their encamp- 
 ment. Nor did their difficulties end with the first year : 
 Frequently had these settlers to go with hand-sleds or to- 
 boggans, through the woods or on the ice, from 50 to 100 
 miles, to procure a scanty supply for their famishing families. 
 Yet amid these discouragements, with large families of small 
 children, oppressed with poverty, and exposed to a severe 
 climate in a wild country, did those loyalists persevere and 
 remain firm in their allegiance ; and by their unremitted in^ 
 dustry, covered the face of the country with habitations, 
 villages, and towns : realising the language of the Poet, — 
 
 Where nothing dwelt but beasts of prej, 
 
 Or men as fierce and wild as they, 
 
 Behold th’ oppress’d and poor repair. 
 
 And build them towns and cities there. 
 
 And though most of the old settlers have worn out their 
 lives in settling their families, yet such has been the improve- 
 ment of the country, that in few parts of the United States 
 do the people live as well, and perhaps in no country has 
 the labourer better wages, or the enterprising genius a wider 
 field for exertion. 
 
 “ This country,” says a writer, “ when viewed at a dis-r 
 tance, presents a pleasing variety of hills and vallies ; with 
 sublime and beautiful scenes. Immense forests of the tallest 
 trees, the growth of ages, and reaching almost to the clouds, 
 every where cover and adorn the land. Every rock has a 
 spring, Its lands are for the most part very rich, particu- 
 larly at a distance from the sea, and its woods abound with 
 the hardest and loftiest trees.” 
 
i^OTITlA, Ac. 
 
 CHAP. I. 
 
 Silualio7i — Boundaries — Extent — Divisions — Face of the Country^ 
 Minerals — Miscellanies. 
 
 New-Brunswick is situated between the forty-fifth and forty- 
 ninth degrees of North Latitude, and between the sixty- 
 fourth and sixty-eighth degrees of West Longitude. Its 
 length, from Dalhousie in the Bay Chaleur to Grand Manan 
 in the Bay of Fundy, is rather more than two hundred miles ; 
 and its breadth, from Cape Tormentine in the Gulf of Saint 
 Lawrence to the Monument, on the Northern point of the 
 River Cheputnecticook, on the line of boundary between the 
 territories of Great Britain and the United States, is about 
 one hundred and seventy miles. It contains about twenty 
 five thousand square miles. — It is bounded on the North by 
 the River Saint Law'rence and Canada, on the West by the 
 State of Maine and the Disputed Territory, on the South 
 and South East by the Bay of Fundy and Nova-Scotia, and 
 on the East by the Gulf of St. Lawrence and Bay Vcrte ; 
 all Islands within six leagues of the coast are included in the 
 limits of the Province. It comprises an area of about sixteen 
 and a half millions of acres, of which rather more than four 
 millions of acres are granted or sold, leaving upwards of 
 twelve millions of acres still vacant. It is divided into eleven 
 Counties, viz. Charlotte, Carleton, York, Sunbury, Queen’s, 
 King’s, Saint John, Westmorland, Kent, Northumberland, 
 and Gloucester; in which order they will be described, for 
 reasons hereifiafter stated. 
 
 The country skirting the Bay of Fundy is rugged and bro- 
 ken, and the soil indifferent, covered with a stunted growth of 
 
12 
 
 trees of different kinds. Advancing from the seaboard into 
 the interior the soil improves, and the face of the country ex- 
 hibits a pleasing variety of hills and vallies interspei sed with 
 large strips of rich intervale along the margin of the rivers. 
 In some places there are considerable tracts of barren land. 
 In other parts, large tracts of very inferior land, low plains, 
 swamps, and fields of stone. There are also large districts 
 of pine land, which are not good for agricultural purposes. 
 But there are interspersed throughout the province, laige 
 tracts of excellent land ; and although some of the counties 
 possess a greater proportion of arable land than others, none 
 of them are deficient of enough either of a good soil for farm- 
 ing, or a large tract of meadow or marsh for grazing. In 
 most parts of the country the land is covered with a stately 
 growth of trees of the largest size, in almost endless v'ariety. 
 The soil formed from the decomposition of the leaves of the 
 hard kinds of wood is a strong black mould, producing abun- 
 dant crops of wheat, &c. In other districts the land is what 
 is termed a second intervale, being the first rate quality for 
 farming purposes. 
 
 This province is watered by a great many fine rivers, which, 
 with their tributary streams, lay open the inmost recesses ot 
 the country, and are of the utmost advantage to the inhabi- 
 tants in transporting the products of the forests to the sea- 
 board, as their chief trade consists of timber and other bulky 
 articles. It likewise abounds in lakes — some of which are 
 very large — streams and rivulets ; so that there are few set- 
 tlements unprovided with good mill-seats and water convey- 
 ance. It is also variegated with hills and mountains, one of 
 which — Mars Hill — has become a national object and will be 
 noticed hereafter. Most of the rivers have fine islands in 
 their beds, which being formed by the washings of the cur- 
 rents, consist of rich alluvial soil, producing grain, roots, and 
 grass in the richest profusion. Those islands may be consi- 
 dered as the gardens of the country, which they enrich and 
 beautify. The rapidity of the rivers, swoln by the melting of 
 the snow in the spring, tears away the soil in some parts, and 
 deposits it in others, by which means their courses are gra- 
 dually altered — new islands are formed, and alluvial deposits 
 accumulated in some parts of the rivers, while they are swept 
 away in others ; so that a person may have a growing estate, 
 or he may see his land diminishing from year to year, with- 
 out the power to prevent it. 
 
 New-Brunswick possesses abundance of stone of an excel- 
 lent quality for building, and various other purposes. The 
 
IS 
 
 common dark grey stone is easily wrought, and very durable. 
 Tlic granite is of the best quality, and in great abundance. 
 Quarries of grindstones are I'ound at the head of the Bay of 
 Fundy, which are constantly wrought, and furnish a conside- 
 rable article of export. Specimens of good marble have been 
 found, and there is no doubt that by working the quarries to 
 some depth below the surface, abundance of that article will 
 be obtained. Limestone is also found in many places, but 
 phrticularly along what is called the narrows of the River St. 
 John, where it abounds on the margin of the water, and is of 
 an excellent quality for all kinds of building, and other pur- 
 poses, and in such abundance that all America could be sup- 
 plied from that district for ages. Gypsum in considerable 
 quantities exists in the Province, especially on the shores of 
 the upper part of the Bay of Fundy, and on the river Tobique, 
 but as vet the quarries remain unwrought. Nearly all the 
 gypsum exported from New-Brunswick, is brought from No- 
 va- Scotia, which appears to be the native place for that useful 
 mineral on this side of the Atlantic, as there are but few other 
 places in North America where it is found, and generally of 
 a very inferior quality. Coals abound in this Province, par- 
 ticularly at the Grand Lake, where there is a succession of 
 coal fields, which appear to be inexhaustible. Some of these 
 have been partially wrought for a number of years, but 
 as the workmen have kept near the surface, there has never 
 yet been a fair trial as to the quality of the coals. It is well 
 known that the top stratum is generally a refuse mixture of 
 sulphurous coals, combined with various dead stony substan- 
 ces. The next is better and contains a great proportion of 
 coal, which improves as the workmen descend. Now, as but 
 a few of the top strata have as yet been wrought, and as very 
 good samples of coals have been raised at these fields, there 
 can be no doubt but there is abundance of good coals in that 
 district, and that whenever the mines are well wrought, they 
 will richly repay the expense. As there is at present an as- 
 sociation with a good capital for mining purposes, whose first 
 object is the coal fields at the Grand Lake, there is no doubt 
 but their exertions will tend to develope that hidden source 
 of wealth ; for although difficulties and discouragements will 
 attend the commencement of mining operations in a young 
 country, still there can be but little doubt that from such ex- 
 ertions much of the future trade and wealth of the eountry 
 will arise. Salt springs extend over several acres of lowland 
 in the Vale of Sussex, about fifty miles from the seaboard. 
 In this district salt water is obtained in great abundance by 
 
li 
 
 digging a few feet, which produces salt of the very best qua- 
 
 lity* 
 
 Specimens of Manganese havel)een discovered, but the wri- 
 ter is not aware that it has ever yet been obtained in any 
 great quantity, or that the discovery has hitherto been follow'- 
 ed by any beneficial results. The same observations will ap- 
 ]>ly to other minerals. Indications of several species of ore 
 have been discovered, but they have not been followed up. 
 Neither has any attention been paid to smelting the ores so 
 as to ascertain their richness and properties. 
 
 Mining ibr metals has never yet indeed been attempted in 
 this country. There can be no doubt, however, from the indi- 
 cations that have been discovered, that the Province is rich in 
 mineral wealth, but nature must be interrogated before she 
 will disclose her hidden treasures. The Mining Company has 
 a wide field and may work wonders. Iron ores have lately 
 been procured at Mispeck, winch have been found to contain 
 seventy per cent, of pure iron. 
 
 Few countries can boast of a gx’eater variety of fish : most 
 of the rivers teem with excellent salmon, shad, bass, her- 
 rings, and a great diversity of pan fish, together with the 
 royal sturgeon. The coasts, bays, and harbours, abound with 
 cod, pollock, haddock, hake, mackerel, halibut, &c. Por- 
 poise also abound in the bays, and seals in the more distant 
 fisheries. Indeed no part of America can equal the fishe- 
 ries of this Province and the sister Colonies of Nova Scotia 
 and Newfoundland. The fish, likewise, particularly the Cod 
 in the Bay of Fundy, are worth a third more than those ta- 
 ken on the Labrador coast. The whole seaboard, as w’ell as 
 the numerous Islands, abound with fishing stations. Excel- 
 lent ship-timber also abounds in almost every district of the 
 Province, and naval stores and salt can be procured in abun- 
 dance. Great part of this country is still covered with an 
 almost interminable forest — the products of which will be 
 briefly noticed hereafter : not a twentieth part of the coun- 
 try is yet reclaimed from the wilderness. Till lately the set- 
 tlements were confined to the seaboard and along the rivers 
 and streams, but w'ithin a few years settlers have advanced 
 into the interior, and flourishing back settlements are spring- 
 ing up in all the different counties. The land is very often 
 found to improve as it recedes from the water. 
 
 There are no diseases peculiar to the country. The air 
 is in a high degree salubrious and congenial to health. The 
 human frame in Nevv-Brunswick, arrives to its full propor- 
 tions, and is athletic and vigorous, and with temperance, and 
 
16 
 
 prudence in adapting the clothing to the seasons and chan- 
 ges of the weather, there appears to be nothing in the cli- 
 mate to induce premature decay. In proof of which, several 
 of the Loyalists who came here in 1783, in the vigor of their 
 age, are still living. Pulmonary complaints, which are preva- 
 lent in the country, particularly among women, may be almost 
 always traced to improvidence in clothing, or incautious 
 tampering with the extremes of a variable climate. When 
 the cholera raged all around New-Brunswick, it merely 
 made itself known for a short period at the principal seaport, 
 which was filled with infected emigrants. 
 
 The principal rivers in New-Brunswick are : — the Saint 
 John, Saint Croix, Miramichi, and Ilestigouche, which will 
 be noticed hereafter. There are a number of rising towns in 
 the Province, some of which possess considerable wealth, 
 and have an extensive trade, while others are just rising into 
 notice in the different Counties. Among these. Saint John, 
 Fredericton, and Saint Andrews, claim a more particular no- 
 tice, and will be described in their proper order, while the 
 others will not be forgotten in the description of the Coun- 
 ties in which they are situated. 
 
 The followinsf Table will exhibit at one view the subdi- 
 visions, area and population of the Province, compiled from 
 authentic documents by Mr. Wedderburn. 
 
4 
 
 TERRITORY AND POPULATION. 
 
 
 No. of 
 Parishes. 
 
 Popula- 
 
 tion. 
 
 PROVINCIAL 
 
 AREA. 
 
 Principal Toxms, 
 
 Cro'vn Land 
 
 Estimated quantity of 
 Land alienated from 
 the Crown^ according 
 to official returns. 
 
 COUNTIES, 
 
 Square Acres, 
 
 Square 
 
 Miles, 
 
 
 Parishes, and 
 Harboitrs. 
 
 surveyed <§• 
 vacant. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Acres. 
 
 
 York, . . . . 
 
 Eight. 
 
 10,478 
 
 1,842,073 
 
 2878 
 
 
 Fredericton, 
 
 78,000 
 
 2 5 3 0 3 
 
 < Dj Cl- 2 Cli O 
 
 td 3 *T3 p 
 
 Carleton, . . . 
 
 Nine. 
 
 9,493 
 
 2,816,000 
 
 4400 
 
 
 Woodstock, 
 
 148,000 
 
 Saint John, . . 
 
 Five. 
 
 20,668 
 
 427,648 
 
 668 
 
 j 
 
 Saint John, City, 
 " Portland, R 
 
 32,000 
 
 3 55 (T> O 03 3 
 
 S « ? 1 3 
 
 King’s, . . . 
 
 Queen’s, . . . 
 
 Seven. 
 
 Six. 
 
 12,195 
 
 7,204 
 
 834,035 
 
 1,046,246 
 
 1303 
 
 1634 
 
 
 Kingston, P. 
 Gagetown, P. 
 
 66,000 
 
 24,000 
 
 f? 3 Zd " 
 
 Sunbury, . . . 
 
 Four. 
 
 3,838 
 
 650,956 
 
 1017 
 
 
 Oromocto, P. 
 
 86,000 
 
 M 3 ^ O 1 B- 
 
 Jl. ^ ^ 
 
 Westmorland, 
 
 Ten. 
 
 14,205 
 
 1,476,992 
 
 2307 
 
 
 Dorchester, 
 
 57,000 
 
 3 ES — . 
 
 3 • S- O 
 
 Northumberland, 
 
 Nine. 
 
 14,170 
 
 2,336,224 
 
 5056 
 
 1 
 
 [ Newcastle, 
 
 I Chatham, 
 
 12,000 
 
 rown 
 
 eGo 
 
 Scotii 
 
 :1 Co, 
 
 Kent, . . . . 
 
 Six. 
 
 6,031 
 
 1,123,584 
 
 1755 
 
 
 Richibucto, 
 
 170,000 
 
 • VJ 1 V# 
 
 , J 
 
 Gloucester, . . 
 
 ^Six. 
 
 8,325 
 
 2,236,889 
 
 3495 
 
 
 Bathurst, 
 
 16,000 
 
 V ■ 
 
 pi CO 
 
 
 
 
 
 > 
 
 1 Saint Anilrevvs, 
 
 O O o 
 
 Charlotte, . . . 
 
 Ten. 
 
 15,852 
 
 907,904 
 
 1418 
 
 1 
 
 ^ Saint Stephen, 
 
 1 Saint George, 
 
 235,000 
 
 o “o ® 
 
 o o ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 J 
 
 
 o o 3 
 
 Eleven. 
 
 Eighty, 
 
 119,459 
 
 16,598,553 
 
 26mlTotal, \stJa7i. 1836, 944,000 
 
 4,000,000 
 
 9 ' ' ..I ' ' ' — — 
 
 ■ — 
 
17 
 
 Lands in New-Brunswick are held in fee-simple : The 
 mode formerly adopted by Government in granting land was 
 by memorial to the Governor and Council. This, if appro- 
 ved of, was entered in the Council books, and a patent was 
 made out on the applicant’s paying the stipulated fees, which 
 on a single grant of from one to two hundred acres, amount- 
 ed to £]2 118. This was the total cost, as no other 
 charge W'as made for the land. A Quit Rent was reserved 
 in most of the Grants. This mode was followed for a long 
 time. 
 
 From twelve to fifteen years last past a Commissioner of 
 Crown Lands and Forests has been appointed, who has had 
 almost the sole management of all land concerns, and his re- 
 gulations have almost kept pace in their changes with the 
 seasons, but a great change has lately been made in Eng- 
 land. By a late order from the Home Government, the 
 following regulations respecting the purchase of Crown 
 Lands in this Province, are to be strictly pursued : 
 
 “ From and after the first day of June next, purchasers of 
 Land belonging to the Crown will be required to pay clown 
 at the time of sale, ten per cent, on the whole value of the 
 purchase, and the remainder within fourteen days from the 
 day of sale — and until the whole price is paid, the purcha- 
 ser will not be put in possession of his land. In the event 
 of payment not being made within the prescribed period, the 
 sale will be considered void, and the deposit be forfeited.” 
 
 The estates of persons dying intestate, are distributed ana- 
 lagous to the custom of gavelkind in Kent. The heir at law 
 of such estate shall be entitled to receive a double portion or 
 two shares of the real estate left by such intestate, (saving 
 the widow’s right of dower.) The remainder to be equally 
 distributed among all the children or their legal representa- 
 tives, including in the distribution the children ol the half- 
 blood; and in case there be no children, to the next kindred 
 in equal degree, and their representatives ; provided that 
 childi’en advanced by settlement or portion, not equal to the 
 other shares, shall have so much of the surplusage as shall 
 make the estate of all to be equal, except the heir at law, 
 who shall have two shares, or a double portion. 
 
 New-Brunswick possesses, in an ample degree, the means 
 of becoming a great commercial and wealthy country, from 
 the vast and numerous sources of trade and w'ealth afforded 
 by her extensive forests — her hidden stores of minerals 
 her fisheries — the facilities afforded to commercial pursuits, 
 
 c 
 
18 
 
 by liei’ many fine rivers anti water privileges — her nunierouf- ^ 
 and excellent harbours — the salubrity of her air and excel - \ 
 lence of the water, combined with the richness of her soil, • 
 and its adaptation to farming and grazing purposes, 
 throughout a great part of the Province. These essentials, j 
 which she possesses in an eminent degree, being brought into*^ 
 active operation by an enterprising, industrious and highly ^ 
 intelligent people, cannot fail to raise her to a high rank j 
 among the surrounding states. 
 
 The only great drawback to the prosperity of New-Bruns- ^ 
 wick, and which many who admire her localities, her capa- j 
 bilities, and her scenery, are too ready to consider insur- - 
 mountable, is the shortness of the seasons, and the extremes 
 of the climate. These, therefore, claim the first notice, and 
 will be briefly stated in the ensuing chapter. 
 
 CHAP. IL 
 
 Clpnate — Forests — Productions — Animals — Agriculture , %'c. 4-c. 
 
 The climate of this country, like that of almost all other 
 parts of the world, is subject to great variations. Cold, howe- 
 ver, predominates in this, as in all the western parts of North 
 America. Doctor Robertson and some others who have in- 
 vestigated this subject, ascribe it to our western situation, and 
 from the continent of North America stretching so near the 
 pole, as well as from the enormous chain of mountains which 
 extends to an immense distance through that ref^ion, covered 
 with perpetual snow, over which the wind in its passa<i-e 
 acquires that piercing keenness that is felt as far as the Gulf 
 of Mexico, but more intensely in Canada and New-Bruns- 
 wick ; rendering those countries so much colder than 
 places in the same parallel of latitude in Europe. But how- 
 ever specious such conjectures may appear, there no doubt 
 are powerful causes still unknown to the learned, that pro- 
 duce the seeming anomalies that take place in the climate of 
 this and other countries. Most of them are probably occa- t 
 sioned by the different phases and positions of the m ' 
 whose nearness to, and powerful influence on the eai'th must 
 have a gieat effect on our seasons ; and as experience is the 
 
19 
 
 surest guide, it is by combining a number of observations for 
 a series of years, that we shall be enabled to arrive at any 
 rational conclusion in regard to the amelioi-ation of our 
 climate. 
 
 It is generally supposed, and with apparent reason, that 
 as the country becomes more cultivated and settled, the cli- 
 mate will improve in warmth. How far this opinion is con- 
 firmed by experience is very doubtful. It is indeed very 
 problematical, whether, from past experience, we can attach 
 any weight to it at all. We still find the seasons as variable 
 as when the country w'as first settled. One difference we may 
 reasonably expect from the opening of the forests — rains will 
 be less frequent — our present interminable wilderness may 
 be said to be the father and nurse of dews and moisture. — 
 That our seasons will remain variable as they have been, and 
 much the same, probably a little ameliorated, I think is very 
 probable — nay certain. As the same celestial influence is 
 still acting on the earth as formerly, the seasons will hold on 
 as they have ; nearly the like seasons returning after a 
 certain series of years. This fto doubt will be regulated by 
 the cycles of the moon, and no doubt the oftener the cycle 
 is repeated the more exact will the coincidence of the re- 
 turning seasons be, till we have completed the period of 
 years fancifully ascribed by some chronologei’s to Seth. Add 
 to this, that by giving fruitful seasons, or causing the earth to 
 withhold her increase is part of the Divine economy in go- 
 verning rational creatures. 
 
 That the celestial influence exerted throughout the uni- 
 verse, as well as on our earth, is very great, there can be no 
 doubt. The science of astronomy, however it has been im- 
 proved by the labour and discoveries of great men, is still in 
 its infancy. Even the Sun, the great dispenser of light and 
 heat, and which w'as supposed to undergo a continued com- 
 bustion and waste in emitting light and heat, has been, by 
 the late discoveries of Dr. Herschel, ascertained to be an 
 opaque body, like the earth ; and that the heat and light are 
 supplied by a dense atmosphere, in which floats two regions 
 of clouds ; the lowermost region being opaque, but the 
 higher luminous, emitting the immense quantity of light to 
 which the splendour of the sun is owing. That these lu- 
 minous clouds are subject to various changes. Hence, he 
 draws as a consequence, that the quantity of heat and light 
 emitted by the sun vanes in different seasons, and he suppo- 
 ses this is one of the chief sources of the differences between 
 tjie temperature of different years. The precession of the 
 
20 
 
 Efjuiiioxes may also contribute to the variableness of the 
 
 seasons. i r 
 
 That the above observations are partly borne out by tacts, 
 a reference to past years will fully demonstrate. When the 
 Loyalists came to this country in 1783, snow was seen on the 
 coasts in June, and the winters for a number of consecutive 
 years were excessively cold, and the snow very deep. T.he 
 summers being likewise very warm and dry, insomuch that 
 Indian Corn or Maize, a plant that requires much heat flour- 
 ished in great perfection for a number of years, and was the 
 staple grain then cultivated. This was succeeded by a peri- 
 od in which the winters proved milder, and were broken 
 with frequent thaws — the summers abating their warmth, 
 and crops being less abundant : for it always followed as a 
 matter of course, that a mild winter was succeeded by a cool 
 summer: and although snow was seldom seen in June, 
 still it was not uncommon early in May, or late in April, 
 in what were called late seasons. Some years again it would 
 be earlier, and sowing would be considerably advanced in 
 dry weather by the latter part of April. From these data 
 we find the seasons were formerly as variable as they have 
 been of late; but to pursue these observations a little further. 
 It must be fresh in the recollection of the inhabitants of this 
 Province, that in 1816, there was a fall of snow with very 
 cold weather on the Tth of June — that a cold rigorous air was 
 felt during the whole of that summer, which the sun when 
 shining in meridian splendour could not subdue. Frosts 
 were frequent in every month of that year — crops were 
 blighted — even the never-failing potatoe was chilled and did 
 not yield half its usual increase. A succession of lean years 
 followed, each improving till 1822, which was an extraordi- 
 nary fruitful year. The year 1825 will be long remembered 
 on account of its destructive fires — a drought commenced 
 about the middle of July in that year, and continued with 
 little abatement till the middle of October, which converted 
 the whole country into a state of combustion ; in conse- 
 quence of which, fires burst out simultaneously in different 
 parts of the Province on the 7th of that ill-fated month 
 
 and swept off several flourishing settlements, and destroy- 
 ed property to a great amount, as well as human life. A 
 succession of years followed in which the rust prevailed, as 
 some supposed from the sluggish state of the atmosphere and 
 sudden bursts of a scorching sun, just as the wheat was filling 
 in the ear. The year 1831 was an uncommon fine year in 
 every sense of the word ; crops were abundant^fruits ex- 
 
21 
 
 cellent — nature indeed this year appeared inclined to shew to 
 man how easy it was to clothe the fields in abundance for 
 man and beast. The year 18,32 was a lean year, remark- 
 able for a humid atmosphere. Scarce a day passed in the 
 summer season without dampness ; even when the day com- 
 menced bi’ight and the sun shone unobscured, it was deficient 
 of its usual lustre, and a murkiness could be seen gathering, 
 which usually covered it before evening. The cholera pre- 
 vailed this year in the United States and Canada. Since 
 1832, the seasons have been unfavorable for agriculture: 
 August, particularly, which was formerly a sultry month, ap- 
 pears to have lost its heat, and of late years has become cool 
 and frosty, which, indeed, is the main cause of the lean sea- 
 sons — the latter heat being wanting — whereby vegetation has 
 been checked, and the hopes of the husbandman crushed. — 
 The winter of 1835-6 was excessivelj’^ cold. In the summer of 
 1836, we had two severe droughts : the first commenced 
 about the 10th of June, and continued till the middle of July, 
 reducing the country to a fearful state of combustion — pro- 
 videntially, however, rains fell, and averted the much-dreaded 
 result; the second drought commenced in August, and near- 
 ly destro^'ed the pastures throughout the country. 
 
 I have been thus particular in noticing the changes of the 
 seasons for a number of years, as it may furnish a clue to 
 those who might investigate this most important subject in 
 after years, and may also serve as a guide to the agriculturist. 
 
 The extremes of heat and cold in this Province are very 
 great. Fahrenheit’s thermometer ranges in July from 90 to 
 bi, for several days. The extreme heat raises the mercury 
 up to 100° and 106°. The usual summer temperature may 
 be set down at from 60° to 80° in the inland parts of the 
 country. — The coldest weather usually takes place after the 
 full moon in January ; for it is not until winter has had some 
 time to exert its influence, that the full effect of the cold is 
 experienced. The mercury in Fahrenheit’s thermometer 
 sinks at this season from 27° to 32° for several successive 
 days. The extremes of cold are from 33° to 38° below zero, 
 at eighty or ninety miles from salt water. 
 
 In treating of the seasons in this country it must be obser- 
 ved that in some years the spring opens as much as a month 
 earlier and the fall holds fine nearly a month later than in 
 others. We may usually date the opening of our spring 
 about the latter part of April, when the rivers and lakes open 
 and the snow disappears. The winds in this month are 
 chiefly from the north-east, w'ith dull heavy weather. As 
 
22 
 
 Mav advances the weatlier becomes settled, and tlie mornings 
 are fine. The sun, which rises a little after four o clock, dif- 
 fuses his beams in fiill splendour, through an unclouded sky. 
 This is the usual month for sowing and planting the high 
 lands : the intervale and low lands are not sufficiently dry for 
 cultivation till June. The prevailing winds in the summer 
 are from the south and south-west, veering at times to the 
 eastward, but never continuing long to the north-west. In 
 the early part of June the nights are chilly, attended with fre- 
 quent frosts, particularly at the changes of the moon, which 
 oftentimes injure the early flowering fruit trees, and it is not 
 until after the summer solstice that the night air loses its ri- 
 gor. This is no doubt occasioned by the snow which lies 
 concealed in the deep recesses of the forest, as well as by the 
 w’aters of the numerous rivers, lakes, &c. all which are swoln 
 at this season, and by the cold acquired by the earth during 
 the long winter, which requires the full effect of the sun’s in- 
 fluence till late in June before it is sufficiently heated. As 
 soon as the earth is so thoroughly warmed that the nights 
 lose their chilliness, vegetation becomes surprisingly rapid. 
 In a few days, plants that appeared stunted and yellow, as- 
 sume a healthy green, and shew a vigorous growth, and in 
 the space of a week, should a shower intervene, the face of 
 the country exhibits the most luxuriant vegetation. 
 
 September is a pleasant month : the air is serene and pure. 
 The rivers and streams are usually lower this month than at 
 any other period during the year, and the dry weather fre- 
 quently continues till late in Octolier. Snow sometimes falls 
 early in November, and lays until late in April ; but this 
 does not always hold. The rivers and lakes freeze up from 
 about the middle to the last of November — some sooner and 
 others later, according to their situation. It is not uncom- 
 mon to have frosts in every month in the year except July ; 
 for they generally occur at the change of the moon in June^ 
 and occasionally in August, particularly on small streams. 
 If, however, they pass that period, they usually keep off till 
 the middle of September, at which time the crops will have 
 arrived at maturity. Strangers to the country would natu- 
 rally conclude, from the foregoing account, that the seasons 
 were too short and frosty for the crops to come to perfection ; 
 but this is not the case: roots come to maturity and grain ri- 
 pens in most years, — wheat being oftener hurt by rust than 
 by frost. The springs are indeed backward, but veo-etation 
 is surprisingly rapid, and the autumns are usually vei-y fine. 
 The changes of the weather are frequently very sudden in 
 
this country : often in the space of two hours (in the seasons 
 of fall and spring,) there are changes from the mild tempera- 
 ture of September to the rigor of winter ! This is chiefly 
 occasioned by the wind ; for while it blows from any of the 
 points from the S. W, to the N. E. the air is mild, but when 
 it veers from the N. E. to the N. W. the weather becomes 
 cold and clear ; and as the wind frequently changes very sud- 
 denly, the transition from heat to cold is equally rapid. Even 
 in the sultry month of Jul}', whenever the wind changes for 
 a few hours to the N. W. the air becomes cool and invigora- 
 ting. This is no doubt occasioned by its passing over the 
 immense continent to the northwestward and Hudson’s Bay 
 to the northward. On the contrary, when the winds arc 
 from the southward and southeastward, they are mild and re- 
 laxing, retaining a portion of the heat acquired in the torrid 
 zone. The changes are not, however, always so violent : 
 the weather often both in winter and summer continues for 
 weeks together with but little alteration in the general tern- 
 perature, and changes imperceptibly. Along the sea coast 
 there are usually cool breezes from the sea whenever the tide 
 comes in, during the summer. The prevailing winds during 
 the winter are from the Northwest. In this country there 
 is a great length of twilight ; daylight in the summer lingers 
 till past nine o’clock in the evening, and the day breaks short- 
 ly after two o’clock in the morning ; the aurora borealis is 
 also frequent and bi'illiant. A singular phenomenon was ex- 
 hibited by the aurora borealis in this country on the 7th of 
 November, 1835, about 6 o’clock, p. M. The horizon, which 
 had been loaded with light vapours, was suddenly covered 
 with the aurora borealis, which rapidly changed from a natu- 
 ral white to a bright vermillion, and then to a deep red, in- 
 termixed with pale blue and green. It first appeared in the 
 N. E. veering to the South — it then shifted to the zenith, form- 
 ing arches, which diverged to every point of the horizon ; its 
 duration w'as about three and a half minutes, when it settled 
 away to the westward, and finally disappeared in that quar- 
 ter. It appeared again, still more brilliant, of a red colour, 
 about daybreak the next morning. Another phenomenon 
 similar to this occurred on the 25th of January, 1836, about 
 eight o’clock in the evening, when the sky became of a deep 
 scarlet colour, which continued changing to crimson, blue and 
 yellow for nearly an hour. 
 
 There has been but one shock of an earthquake experien- 
 ced since the settlement of the country; this shock took place 
 on the 22d of May, 1827, at twenty-five minutes past three 
 
o’clock in the morning ; the duration of tlie vibration was 
 about forty-five seconds ; it was attended with the usual rum- 
 bling noise without thunder; the weather being very serene 
 and pleasant. The appearances, however, usually indicating 
 earthquakes, such as fiery meteors, and unusual brilliancy of 
 the aurora borealis, had been frequent the preceding winter. 
 It has, however, been surmised by some persons that other 
 shocks have been felt of late years, but this is very doubtful. 
 
 FORESTS. 
 
 The forests with v/hich this country is still densely cover- 
 ed are well stored with a great variety of trees, some of w'hich 
 are of a very stately growth, furnishing abundance of ship 
 and other timber. In speaking of the forests, it may not be 
 amiss to observe that it is very probable that this country has 
 been denuded of its forests and part of its soil at different pe- 
 riods by destructive fires, which have swept the country, and 
 tonsumed all within their range. This appeal’s evident from 
 tracts of burnt districts, and the remains of large trees in pla- 
 ces that are now nearly naked or covered with a small growth. 
 Indeed, according to tradition, one of those destructive fires 
 took place not long before the Loyalists came to the country, 
 which swept from the Saint Croix to the Saint John, and was 
 only checked in its progress northward by the latter river. 
 Traces of such a fire are still visible in the Counties of Char- 
 lotte and Sunbury. — Forests, like men and all other things, 
 are undergoing a perpetual change, and are replaced at stated 
 intervals, by various processes. 
 
 Among the trees in this country, the pine claims the first 
 place. Of this tree there are several varieties, of which the 
 principal are ^the red or what is also called Norway pine, and 
 the white. 1 he red pine is a close, firm wood, of a tall growth, 
 not so large as the white, but preferred before it for uses where 
 great strength and durability are required— this kind is now 
 getting scarce. The young growth on the Tobique has been 
 nearly destroyed by fire within a few years, and the large trees 
 in most parts of the country that were accessible, have l^eii cut 
 by the lumberers. The white j^ine is also becoming scarce 
 from the same causes. This tree, which furnished our prin- 
 cipal expoi t in squared timber, is of a large growth seven- 
 
 teen tons of good timber is frequently obtained from one tree. 
 The wood is not so firm as the red pine, but is an excellent 
 article for boards, shingles, &c. and is particularly useful for 
 the inside work of buildings. There are also several varie- 
 
lies of the hirch, such as black, yellow, and white. Tin? 
 black birch is principally used for squared timber to export, 
 and for ship building ; what is called the black curly birch is 
 a beautiful wood for furniture. The next tree of the greatest 
 importance as regards our trade is the spruce, which though 
 classed among the soft woods is of a firm texture, and is 
 squared, and also sawn into deals and exported in large quan- 
 tities, and furnishes an important and increasing part of our 
 trade. Among our soft woods, we also have the hemlock, a 
 large tree which furnishes lathwood and tanners’ bark, being 
 the only tan used in the country. The hackmatack, tamar- 
 ack, or larch, is a firm, durable, gummy wood, much used in 
 ship-building : the other soft woods are the fir, cedar, &:c. — 
 The maple, which in importance may be placed next to the 
 birch, consists of several varieties. What is termed rock ma- 
 ple is a very firm hard wood — one kind called bird-eye maple 
 is a beautiful durable wood for furniture. — It is almost as hea- 
 vy as lignumvitae, and when well polished, exhibits a surface 
 beautifully variegated like birds eyes, from whence ic derives 
 its name ; white maple is a much softer wood — all the varie- 
 ties of this tree yield abundance of sap ; the hardest kind pro- 
 ducing the richest, from which tlie inhabitants make sugar. — 
 The sap is obtained by tapping the tree wuth a chissel, and 
 inserting a spile — or by boring a hole with a small auger, 
 which is the best method, and inserting a tube through which 
 the sap flows, and is received into a trough hollowed out of 
 w'ood, or a vessel made out of birch bark. The season for 
 tapping is when the sap is rising in the trees, which usually 
 takes place early in April. The other trees are beech, ash, 
 elm, poplar, hornbeam, oak, locust, &c . ; the islands and 
 intervale are usually covered with butternut, basswood, and 
 alder. 
 
 The animals with which our forests are stored are much 
 the same as those in the bordering countries of Canada, 
 Maine, and Nova-Scotia. The Moose kind, wdiich was very 
 abundant w'hen the Province was first settled, have nearly dis- 
 appeared ; the same may be said of the Loup Cervier, or as the 
 Indians call them the Lucifec; Beavers also are getting scarce; 
 Bears are still numerous. There are also Foxes, Martins, 
 Peaconcks, Hares, Carriboo, Mink, Racoon, a variety of 
 Squirrels, Porcupines, Otter, Musquash, and Weasels; 
 Wolves are now but seldom seen. The Carcajou Carcasu, 
 or Indian Devil, was formerly ranked among the animals of 
 this Province, but has disappeared of late years. 1 here are 
 one or two instances of pei'sons being attacked in the woods 
 
and nearly destroyed by animals of the cat species, supjmsed 1 
 
 to belong to this ferocious tribe. • ui • I 
 
 The birds are much the same as those in the neighbouring J 
 provinces. No classification has ever yet been made of them 
 so as to furnish a satisfactory catalogue; among a consideia- n 
 ble variety, is that beautiful little creature the humming bird. J 
 There are but few reptiles in the province, and those are harm- ^ 
 less. 1 
 
 AGRICULTURE. j 
 
 As most of the settlers in this Province who have turned j 
 their attention to husbandry, pay considerable attention to j 
 rearing stock, from the very general adaptation of the land to J 
 grass, this country possesses a very good breed of horned and 
 other domestic animals, consisting of horses, oxen, cows, S 
 sheep, swine, &c. Their domestic fowls are turkies, geese, i 
 ducks, and hens. \ 
 
 Great attention has been paid to improve the breed of our ^ 
 
 domestic animals. Horses have frequently been imported 
 from England, and by crossing different races, a good breed 
 has been obtained ; the Province, therefore, now possesses a 
 variety of that noble animal, suitable for labour, the carriage, 
 the saddle, and the turf. The Cows have also been crossed 
 with the Ayrshire and other breeds from the old countries, . 
 till our stock of horned cattle has attained to a degree of ex- 
 cellence, and may well vie with those of any of the adjoining 
 countries. The Sheep of the country have likewise been 
 brought to a very high standard, by crossing with the Dish- 
 ley and other breeds; the same, too, may be said of the 
 Swine. Perhaps the quality of our stock may in future de- 
 pend more on the management, mode of feeding and atten- 
 tion of our fai-mers, than on any great altei’ation in the dif- 
 ferent breeds. 
 
 The soil of this Province is peculiarly favorable to the pro- 
 duction of Grass. Wherever a load of hay has passed 
 through the wilderness in the winter, grasses are found in 
 abundance the next summer. On some solitary roads the 
 traveller finds sufficient feed for his horse in the summer sea- 
 son. The principal grasses are Timothy, brown top Lucerne, 
 pine top, white and red Clover, &c. &c. The produce is 
 from one and a half to two and a half tons per acre, and 
 sometimes more. There are also a variety of wild grasses in 
 the low meadows, which produce great quantities of fodder 
 for young cattle. 
 
27 
 
 The chief Grains cultivated in the coiinti7 for bread arc 
 Wheat, Rye, Oats, Indian Corn, and Buckwlieat. The othtev 
 grains are Barley, Pease, &c. some Millet, and Beans of dif- 
 ferent kinds. A great variety of roots are also cultivated, and 
 in general thrive well ; the principal of which are Potatoes, 
 Turnips, Carrots, Beets, Parsnips, and Mangel Wurtzel. 
 
 'I he soil of this country appears to be well adapted foe 
 raising Wheat, which is always sown broadcast. If the land 
 is new’, and of course encumbered with slumps, it takes about 
 five pecks of seed to the acre. On old land the quantity sown 
 is irom tw’o to three bushels per acre, and the produce is 
 from tw’elve to twenty bushels to the acre, and sometimes 
 more. Wheat forms a considerable article of culture with 
 almost all our good farmers, and it is generally as sure as any 
 grain crop, except oats. If good seed be selected and sown 
 in time, with proper husbandry, it generally gives a fair re- 
 turn. Formerly the rust frequently destroyed the crop; but 
 for some years past this scourge has not been much felt. 
 Wheat should be sown as early as the season w’ill admit. — 
 Rye is cultivated much like wheat : it will answer on poorer 
 land, and gives nearly the same returns. Barley also does 
 well in this country, but has not got into general estimation 
 among our famers. Buckwheat is less cultivated now than 
 formerly, on account of its uncertainty. There w’as a spe- 
 cies of wild Buckwheat introduced a few years ago, but it ap- 
 pears to have fallen into neglect. Indian Corn or Maize 
 was formerly more cultivated than it is at present. It is pe- 
 culiarly adapted to a light warm soil, and used to be cultiva- 
 ted in the intervales by the old settlers. It was an old say- 
 ing, that a good crop of corn always made every thing plenty. 
 The good sound corn stocked the country with a wholesome 
 hearty bread, while the unsound and nubbings, as the short 
 ears were called, made abundance of pork and poultry. The 
 soil can scarcely be too rich or highly manured for this plant. 
 The manure should always be old, and no matter how strong. 
 It is usually planted in hills. The ground should be well 
 prepared with the plough. Furrow's should then be drawn 
 about three feet asunder; and the corn dropped into the fur- 
 rows about thirty inches apart, five grains to a hill. It is 
 hoed twice, and sometimes oftener. The best season for 
 planting it is the last week in May and first week in June. 
 The stocks of this plant contain great quantities ol saccarine 
 matter, and make excellent fodder for cattle. 
 
 Oats thrive well and are much cultivated in the Province ; 
 they are a very sure crop, and yield from twenty to forty 
 
28 
 
 bushels per acre. Pease also do well, and arc much cultua- 
 ted by the French inhabitants, who make great use of them , 
 for soup. Beans are cultivated in various ways, but chiefly J 
 in gardens. ^Phere are many varieties of them, and they j 
 give a good return, if not injured by the frosts. ^ - 
 
 tender plant, and delight in a dry sandy soil, requiring but j 
 little manure. — Millet can scarcely be counted among our > 
 products at present. 
 
 Among the ground crops, the Potatoe holds the first place. 
 This invaluable root flourishes in great perfection in this 
 Province, which seems to be its natural place, as the Pota- 
 toes of New-Brunsvvick are still superior to those of Nova- 
 Scotia, which are also of an excellent quality, greatly exceed- 
 ing any produced in the United States. This root is the 
 surest and most profitable crop, and is a staple article of food 
 for man and beast. It furnishes oue of the most productive 
 and certain substitutes for bread of any known, and is in ge- 
 neral use throughout the Province, which would feel the 
 want of this root more than any other of its productions. 
 The usual and simplest method of cultivating this root is by 
 planting cuttings of it in hills two or three feet asunder, ac- 
 cording to the quality and state of the land. This method is 
 always followed on new lands : when the land is old and free 
 from stumps, they are set in drills, and most of the labour is 
 performed by the plough. Potatoes appear to be peculiarly 
 a gift to the poor man ; for if the trees are but newly cut 
 down, and the land burnt over, they can be planted with 
 the hoe or hack, and wherever an eye is deposited, it is sure 
 to vegetate. Should the ground be so encumbered with 
 roots as to hinder the labourer from breaking it up, still 
 with his hack or pick he can scrape a little soil over the 
 seed, and he is sure of a return in the fall, when he may 
 have to cut away roots to obtain his crop. The Potatoes 
 raised from new land in this state ai’e of superior flavor to 
 such as iire produced on land that has been long under 
 culture. There is another peculiarity belonging to this root 
 in the poor man’s favor. It provisions are scarce with him, 
 (and they usually are with this class of people in seed time,) 
 he can take his potatoes and scrape out the eyes with a small 
 portion of the potatoe attached to them, and still have nearly 
 all his potatoes left for food. These eyes will in new land 
 produce a fa'r crop; but the method is not good for old 
 land, where the larger the seed the larger will be the pro- 
 duce, both in kind and quality. Potatoes yield from one 
 hundred and fifty to three hundred bushels, and sometimes 
 more, per acre. 
 
29 
 
 The other rooU are Turnips, among which the Rutu Barra 
 or Swedish turnip holds the first place. This root is sown 
 early in June, while the other various kinds of turnips are 
 sown late in July after all other planting and sowing is over. 
 Mangle Wurtzel is sown in drills — it is a plant that gives a 
 large return, and is an excellent fodder for cattle, particu- 
 larly for cows. The leaves of this plant may be cropped 
 while grow'ing every third week, and are excellent feed for 
 cows : the middle or crown leaves should always be left on 
 the plant. Carrots, beets, parsnips, onions, &c. are in gene- 
 ral use, and chiefly cultivated in gardens, as are also cabbages, 
 cauliflowers, kale brocoli, cucumbers, mellons, squashes, pep- 
 percorns, See. This will lead to a few remarks on the state 
 of Horticulture in this Province. But it must not be for- 
 gotten that in ti’eating of the state of our Agriculture, that 
 the drill husbandry is yet unknown in the Province, and 
 that all the sowing is broad cast. The forming of composts 
 is likewise but little attended to. In some instances alluvial 
 deposits are taken from low lands and used as dressings, 
 and Plaster of Paris and Lime are beginning to be tried. 
 
 HORTICULTURE. 
 
 Gardening in some parts is advancing ; many plants have 
 of late years been introduced from England and other places, 
 some of which are acclimated to this country and do well. — 
 A number of persons in different parts have turned their at- 
 tention to this pleasing part of husbandry, and have added 
 much to the numerous classes of our plants by the introduction 
 and cultivation of exotics. A great variety of excellent roots 
 are cultivated in some of their gardens, with a great abun- 
 dance of salads, peas, beans, melons, cucumbers, and other 
 culinary vegetables. A variety of small fruits have also been 
 much improved by their culture, among which arc currants, 
 gooseberries, strawberries, and several kinds of plums, cher- 
 j-ies, &c. Within a few years horticultural and floral socie- 
 ties have been formed in several places, by whose exertions 
 great improvements are yearly making in those pleasing arts. 
 A great addition has been made to our plants ; flowers have 
 been particularly attended to and improved. Some of the 
 best gardens exhibit an almost inexhaustible variety of the 
 flowery kingdom, both natives and exotics, from the humble 
 violet to the magnificent dahlia. 
 
 Among our fruits the apple tree holds the first place, but 
 the improvement of fruit and the planting of orchards have 
 
30 
 
 been much neglected in this country. In tins respect this 
 Province is far behind Nova-Scotia ; of late years the seasons 
 have not been favorable for apples, and what few orchards 
 there are in this country have deteriorated. 1‘armers, how- 
 ever, are beginning to turn their attention to the raising of 
 apples and plums on their farms, and should the seasons prove 
 iiivourable the country will in a few years produce a fair 
 j)roportion of each. A few cider presses have been construct- 
 ed, which have produced cider of an excellent quality. The 
 apples at present produced in this country are more suitable 
 for the press than for use otherwise ; they are from the want 
 of attention in the culture, and from the shortness of the sea- 
 son, small and ill -flavoured ; there are a great many kinds, 
 but few that may be called good fruit. 3'here are a variety 
 of plums in the country which in some seasons produce abun- 
 dant crops. Currants appear to be the natural fruit of the 
 country ; they thrive in all seasons, and produce abundantly. 
 The same may be said of raspberries ; the other fruits as was 
 before noticed, are strawberries, gooseberries, cranberries, 
 blackberries, huckleberries, different kinds of cherries, grapes, 
 and a number of small wild fruits; with several kinds of nuts, 
 particularly butter nuts, hazel nuts, and beech nuts, the latter 
 of which furnish a fall feed for hogs, and on which they fatten 
 very fast, but the pork is of a soft oily texture. 
 
 Before closing this chapter it may be well to observe that 
 on Agriculture and domestic economy must ever depend the 
 vital welfare of the Province. However flourishing may be 
 our trade and commercial pursuits, still agriculture claims 
 the first place. Without attention to it, our prosperity wull 
 always be precarious. Where food is scarce and dear, trade 
 must languish ; where it is plenty, every part of the social 
 system is kept in a healthy state : and although the sources 
 for a permanent flourishing trade are abundant in this coun- 
 try, as will be shewn in the following pages, still, if agricul- 
 ture is not fostered, our prosperity as a people will ever be 
 exposed to sudden and violent interruption. Indeed a strict 
 attention to the cultivation of the soil is essential to the po- 
 litical freedom of a people. No country can be independent 
 without it. What would become of the human race should 
 agriculture be neglected for only one year throughout the 
 world ^ — or what would soon be the condition of a nation, 
 however flourishing its trade, that should totally abandon 
 agriculture? The produce of the soil is the foundation and 
 basis ot the wealth ot a country. In proof of this, among 
 innumerable instances, we may rcler to the position of the 
 
31 
 
 small state of Syracuse, at the time when the two most war- 
 like nations of antiquity were contending tor the mastery. — 
 The case of Holland flourishing merely by her trade, without 
 much attention to agriculture, arises from jieculiar circum- 
 stances, into which the limits ot this work will not permit the 
 writer to inquire. 
 
 In New-Brunswick, where almost every family has, or can 
 have a piece of land, what an addition would be made to the 
 general stock of provision if every person cultivated a little ; 
 and although all cannot become extensive farmers, still they 
 could raise a part of their food, such as potatoes and other 
 roots, with a small quantity of grain, and fodder for a few 
 cattle. This is within the reach of most families and would 
 go far to make them comfortable. Should they be labourers 
 or lumberers, with a few exceptions, they could put some- 
 thing in the ground, and their children might tend it, which 
 would be far better employment for them than to be running 
 about idle, as is too often the case. Such persons will al- 
 ways find that it takes a great part of their earnings to pur- 
 chase the produce of wdiat they might look on as a poor 
 crop, and then they w'ould have it by them without looking 
 for it, and carrying it home from a distance. If the bulk of 
 the population always raised a full supply of potatoes for the 
 year, there could never be pinching want. They could 
 then alw'ays provide themselves with a small stock of pork 
 and other provisions, so that but a small part of the flour 
 that it now imported at a great price would be w'anted. — 
 However some may complain of the seasons, if seed is not 
 put into the ground at the proper time, no certain returns 
 can be expected. 
 
 Potatoes, when well planted iri the proper season, are a 
 sure crop ; they have failed but twice in forty years, and, in 
 these instances, not totally. The years alluded to were 1816 
 and 1836 , in both which, potatoes were a lean crop ; but 
 still, when they were planted early and in favorable situati- 
 ons, they gave a fair return. The same may be said of oats 
 and some other crops ; and on the whole, when persons 
 have steadily and skilfully followed farming, they have ge- 
 nerally done well, and although they have not suddenly rea- 
 lized the dreams of the speculator ; they have gradually ac- 
 cumulated landed property, numerous herds, and an inde- 
 dendence, and are the substantial freeholders of the country. 
 
 
CHAP. III. 
 
 PRINCIPAL RIVERS AND MOUNTAINS- 
 
 River Saint Croix— North Eastern Boundarxj— River Saint John— 
 M.iramichi — Restigouche — .’Rars Hill. 
 
 THE RIVER ST. CROIX, OR SCHOODIC. 
 
 Tills river being part of the boundary between the State of 
 Maine and Nevv-Brunswick, claims our first notice. It is the 
 principal River of the County of Charlotte and discharges 
 itself into the Bay of Passamaquoddy, near the town of Saint 
 Andrews, where it is about a mile wide. Phe navigation, in 
 consequence of a succession of falls, extends but a short dis- 
 tance up the river. 
 
 The river has two main branches, which, by a chain of 
 lakes, extends nearly to the rivers Penobscot and St. John, 
 in opposite directions. There are a number of settlements 
 along the river, and much capital is invested in mills ; and 
 as the country bordering on the lakes is w’ell timbered a large 
 quantity of sawed lumber is annually exported from that part 
 of the country. The river Cheputnaticook falls into the east- 
 ern branch of this river; the extreme northern point of which 
 has been agreed on by the Commissioners of Great Britain 
 and the United States, appointed under the authority of Jay’s 
 treaty, as the true source of the Saint Croix, contemplated 
 by the Treaty of 1183. Here they have erected a starting 
 post, called the monument, and which is the first point in the 
 line of boundary between the two countries, although it 
 would appear that the Westernmost branch was truly meant 
 by the latter treaty ; for long prior to this period, in the old 
 grant of Sir William Alexander, in 1621, the most remote 
 western spring or fountain of the St. Croix, was declared to 
 be the w'estern boundary of the Province of Nova Scotia, 
 and that was long before a separating line betw’een the Bri- 
 tish dominions and any other state was thought of. As this 
 line, which is termed the North Eastern Boundary, is still 
 
33 
 
 unsettled, I shall make a few remarks on that important 
 subject, before taking leave of this river, which constitutes 
 the starting point. According to the Treaty of Paris in 
 1783, under which the boundary question arose. The line 
 after describing the north-west angle of Nova Scotia, is thus 
 defined : — “ East by a line to be drawn along the middle of 
 “ the St. Croix, from its mouth in the Bay of Fuudy to its 
 “ source, and from its source directly north to the aforesaid 
 “ highlands, (before described in the treaty) which divide the 
 rivers which fall into the Atlantic Ocean, from those which 
 “ fall into the river St. Lawrence.” 
 
 As a misunderstanding soon arose between Great Britain 
 and the United States in z'egard to which w'as the river 
 meant by the St. Croix, in the Treaty of 1783, and where 
 the source of that river should be placed ; it was at length 
 finally settled by the Commissioners appointed by the two 
 Governments, under Jay’s Treaty in 1794, that the St. Croix 
 was the river truly contemplated by the former treaty, and 
 the extreme Northern source of the Cheputnaticook, as be- 
 fore stated, the source of that river. From this point a due 
 north line has been surveyed and established as the true line 
 of boundary as far as Mars Hill. This point, therefore, 
 forms the second station, and has been mutually agreed on as 
 the true line by both Governments. Here, unfortunately, 
 the agreement ends. New difficulties arose which are yet 
 unsettled. The American Government wishing to prolong 
 the north line to the river Metis, which falls into the Saint 
 Lawrence. The British, on their part, declaring Mars Hill 
 to be the point truly meant by the treaty of 1783. That 
 this was the height of land contemplated by that treaty as 
 forming the North West Angle of Nova Scotia, and that as 
 no higher land exists in that direction, the line should turn 
 at this point. Here it may be observed, that as it regards 
 the height of land specified by the treaty, the British claim 
 appears founded on fcicts — for it is well ascertained that at 
 Mars FI ill a chain of high land commence.s, w’hich stretches 
 nearly to the Connecticut river ; dividing the sonrees of the 
 Penobscot, Kennebec, and Androscoggin, which fall into the 
 Atlantic ocean ; from the Chaudiere and other rivers which 
 fall into the St. Lawrence. While at the head of the river 
 Metis, where the Americans have placed' the North-west an- 
 gle, no such highlands exist. The distance between these 
 tw'o points, is about sixty miles, and is called the DisptUed 
 Territory. It approaches in some parts of the line within 
 twelve miles of the river St. Lawrence, and completely inter- 
 
 E 
 
34 
 
 seels the connection and communication between the Britisi) 
 Provinces, leaving in some parts but a narrow strip along 
 the Saint Lawrence to the British. It likewise embraces a 
 line of nearly one hundred and fifty miles along the river St. 
 John, from its source downwards, and cuts off fi'om the Bri- 
 tish possessions an area comprising about 10,000 square 
 miles of well timbered land, exceeding in extent the United 
 Provinces. A provision was made by the treaty of Ghent 
 in 1814., for the final settlement of any difficulty that might 
 arise between the Commissioners of the two powers, to be 
 appointed by virtue of the treaty, by a reference of their re- 
 ports and surveys : with all other matters connected with the 
 subject of the said boundary, to some friendly sovereign or 
 state, who was to decide ex parte on the said reports alone, 
 and the two Governments agreed by the said treaty to abide 
 and consider the decision of such friendly Sovereign or State 
 to be final and conclusive on all matters to them referred. — 
 In pursuance of this provision, the King of the Netherlands 
 was chosen by the two pow’ers as Arbitrator, who after exam- 
 ining the reports and hearing the Agents sent to him, by the 
 two Governments, endeavoured to adjust the claims of the 
 parties by splitting the difference, thereby defining a new 
 line of boundai'y described by him as follows : — “ A line 
 “ drawn due north from the source of the river St. Croijf, 
 “ where it intersects the middle of the tkakveg, (i. e. deepest 
 channel) of the river St. John, thence the middle of the thal- 
 weg of that river, ascending it to the point where the river 
 “ St. Francis empties itself into the river St, John ; thence 
 “ the middle of the thalweg of the river St. Francis, ascend- 
 “ ing it to the source of its Southernmost branch, which 
 “ source we indicate on the map A. by the letter X. authen- 
 “ ticated by the signature of our ^Jinister of Foreign affairs; 
 “ thence a line drawn due w'est to the point where it unites 
 “ with the line claimed by the United States of America, 
 “ and delineated on the map A. ; thence to the point at 
 “ which according to said map it coincides with that claimed 
 “ by Great Britain, and thence to the line traced on the map 
 “ by the two powers to the northwesternmost Source of Con- 
 “ necticut River.” 
 
 This award, notwithstanding the stipulations of the Treaty 
 of Ghent, which were framed to make it conclusive and bind- 
 ing, was not acceded to by the American Government, and 
 the disputed territory still remains a source of future liticra- 
 tion between the two governments. The late President Jack- 
 son earnestly desired to have this boundary settled before he 
 
35 
 
 wenl out of office ; but his wishes were unfortunately not rea- 
 lized ; and it is sincerely to be wished that those conflicting 
 claims may not at some future day disturb the harmony that 
 so happily exists at present between two nations, so closely 
 connected not only by trade and interest, but by a common 
 origin, religion, and language. 
 
 RIVER SAINT JOHN. 
 
 Jffiis noble river, known also by the name of the Ouanguon- 
 dy, and Loosh-toek, (or, long river,) encircles a large portion 
 of New-Brunswick, and may be considered as the principal 
 and central drain of the numerous rivers and streams with 
 which the Province is intersected ; winding in an irregular 
 semicircle, it traverses an extent of about five hundred miles, 
 through the heart of the country, and falls into the Bay of 
 Fundy at the City of Saint John, in Latitude 45° 20 " N. 
 Longitude 66° 3 " W. 
 
 This river derives its present name from being discovered 
 on St. John’s day. It rises from lakes near the head of Con- 
 necticut river between the forty-fifth and forty-sixth degrees 
 of North latitude, and has two main branches which unite 
 about fifty miles above the point where it receives the river 
 Alliguash. One branch rises from lakes to the northward, 
 and winds round high land in its curve to join the main 
 stream ; the other branch rises from lakes to the southward, 
 and meanders through a low swampy country near the head 
 waters of the Penobscot, with which hunters say there is a 
 communication in the spring, when the country is cot'ered 
 with water. At that season light canoes may be pushed 
 through the creeks, lakes, and swamps from one river to the 
 other. The country at this part of the river is but little 
 known. The junction of the two branches which form the 
 river St, John, is called the forks. From this point to the 
 Alliguash it stretches to the North East; the Alliguash which 
 falls into it from the South East is a large stream, with a 
 heavy fall about fifteen miles from its junction with the Saint 
 John. It has a chain of lakes, and is a route frequented by 
 the Americans to go from the waters of the St. John to the 
 Kennebec, the portages being but few and short. About 
 twelve miles farther down it receives tlie St. Francis, a consi- 
 derable stream that rises in Canada. Fish river and the Me- 
 riumplicook next fall into it, with some other lesser streams. 
 Continuing its course Northward, it is joined by the Mada- 
 
36 
 
 •vvaska river, which falls into it from the Northward. It then 
 inclines to the south, and flows on without any obstruc- 
 tion, receiving several large tributaries, until it reaches the 
 Grand Falls, in Latitude 46° 54/ Here its channel is bro- 
 ken by a chain of rocks which run across the river and pro- 
 duce a tremendous fall of more than forty feet perpendicular, 
 down which the water of the entire river ruslies with resist- 
 less impetuosity. The river just above the cataract makes a 
 short bend or nearly a right angle, forming a small bay a 
 few rods above the precipice, in which there is an- eddy, 
 which makes it a safe landing place, although very near the 
 main fall, where the canoes, &c. pass with the greatest safety. 
 Immediately below this bay the river suddenly contracts — a 
 point of rocks project from the western shore, and narrow the 
 channel to the width of a few rods. The waters thus pent 
 up, sweep over the rugged bottom with great velocity. Just 
 before they reach the main precipice, they rush down a de- 
 scent of some feet, and rebound in foam from a bed of rocks 
 on the verge of the fall. They are then precipitated down 
 the perpendicular cliffs into the abyss below, which is stud- 
 ded with rocks that nearly choke the passage, leaving only 
 a small opening in the centi’e, through which the water, 
 after whirling for some time in the bason, rushes with tre- 
 mendous impetuosity, sweeping through a broken rocky chan- 
 nel, and a succession of falls for more than half a mile, being 
 closely shut in by rocks, which in some places overhang the 
 river so as to hide most part of it from the view of the obser- 
 ver. Trees and timber which are carried down the falls are 
 sometimes whirled round in the bason below the precipice till 
 they are ground to pieces ; sometimes their ends are tapered 
 to a point, and at other times broken and crushed to pieces. 
 Below the Falls there is another small bay with a good depth 
 of still water, very convenient for collecting timber, &c. after 
 it has escaped through the falls. Here canoes and boats from 
 Fredericton and the lower parts of the river land, and if bound 
 for Madawaska they are taken out of the water, and convey- 
 ed with their loads across the neck of land to the small bay 
 above the falls before mentioned, where they are again put on 
 the water, and proceed without farther obstruction to the up- 
 per settlements and the Canada line. The distance of the 
 portage is about one hundred and fifty rods. Flat bottomed 
 boats from fifteen to twenty tons burthen, and canoes, are at 
 present chiefly used in this navigation. The French are par- 
 tial to light canoes, which they set through the rapids with 
 poles, and with \vlrich they shoot the falls with great address. 
 
37 
 
 About a mile below the landing place a succession of ra- 
 pids commence. The first, from a continued foam are ttilled 
 the white rapids. The banks of the river are here very 
 high, and the water compressed by a narrow channel rushes 
 through the bed of rocks which nearly cross the river, and 
 whirling about in their passage are forced over and round the 
 crags in sheets of foam. A few miles below the Falls the St. 
 John receives the waters of the Salmon, Restook, and To- 
 bique rivers. It then continues its course, receiving every few 
 miles some considerable stream, till it reaches the Meductic 
 Falls — its course being nearly South, and its width about a 
 quarter of a mile, occasionally widening and contracting its 
 bed, till it reaches Woodstock, where it enlarges its bed, and 
 forms several line Islands. From this place it again contracts 
 and jutting points of intervale compress its channel. 
 
 At the Meductic Falls its channel is again nearly choked 
 up with rocks : the navigation, however is not totally inter- 
 rupted — for rafts, boats, and small craft, in their descent, are 
 run through the tails by persons well acquainted with the 
 channel ; and in their ascent are towed through by men or 
 horses — and but few accidents happen considering the num- 
 ber that navigate -the river. As the river is in many places 
 encumbered with rocks, &c. the navigation is very difficult at 
 the dry season of the year. The current is likewise very 
 swift in many places, and rapids are frequent to within about 
 six miles of Fredericton, where they end. 
 
 About nine miles above Fredericton, the river suddenly 
 widens and receives the Madam Keswick. Here is a group 
 of fine Islands, some of which are nearly a mile in length, 
 and nearly as broad. The view of those Islands from the 
 adjoining hills in the summer is extremely beautiful, appear- 
 ing at a distance like well arranged parks and gardens. At 
 Fredericton the river is nearly three quarters of a mile wide, 
 and flows with a beautiful unbroken current to the falls, near 
 Saint John. A number of beautiful Islands are scattered 
 along its bed. Those Islands are composed of rich alluvial 
 soil, and produce large crops of grass and grain ; being 
 formed by the washings of the rivei’, they are like garden 
 spots scattered through the country. About nine miles from 
 St. John the river widens into a bay nearly six miles long 
 and three broad, into which the river Kennebeckacis falls. At 
 the lower part of this bay the St. John suddenly contracts and 
 winds through a crooked passage, called the narrows, and 
 again opens and forms a small bay directly above the halls. 
 Here the current is once more broken by a bed of rocks, and 
 
58 
 
 suddenly contracted by the near approach of the banks, which 
 appear to have been formerly united and forced asunder by 
 some convulsion of nature. From the appearance of the 
 rocks on each side it is probable that the waters having been 
 pent up in the small bay just mentioned, have, in their efforts 
 to escape, undermined the rocks and land at this place, and 
 forced a subterraneous passage, which, by wearing, and aided 
 by some violent concussion, has caused the rocks to fall in, 
 when the earth being washed away by the rapidity of the cur- 
 rent, has left the present passage open, and that the sjdit rock 
 and bed of the channel are the remains of the former over- 
 hanging rocks. For that the bed of the channel consists of 
 cragged rocks of various shapes and sizes, is evident from 
 the whirlpools and eddies at this place. These falls make a 
 tremendous roaring at certain periods. After passing the 
 Falls the riuer forms the harbour of Saint John and falls into 
 the Bay of Fundy, as before stated. 
 
 The spring tides at Saint John rise from twenty-four to 
 twenty-eight feet. The body of the river is about seventeen 
 feet above low watermark. When the tide has flowed twelve 
 feet,' the Falls are smooth and passable from fifteen to twenty 
 minutes. They are level three and a half hours on the flood, 
 and two and a half on the ebb, and are passable four times 
 in twenty-four hours. Above the Falls the tides rise only 
 from eighteen inches to two feet, while at Fredericton which 
 is about eighty miles up, the spring tides rise in the summer 
 season as high as fourteen inches, and are perceivable about 
 ten miles farther up. In the spring, the river, swoln with 
 rains and the melting of the snow and ice, rises higher than 
 the tides, which prevents vessels from ascending the Falls 
 for some weeks. The first Steamer on this river commen- 
 ced running in May, 1816. The first that ascended to Wood- 
 stock, was the Novelty, on the 30th April, 1837. 
 
 1 shall close this sketch by subjoining a Tabular View of 
 the River Saint John, from Fredericton to the Grand Falls — 
 the survey having been made by order of Sir Howabd 
 Douglas. 
 
A TABULAR VIEW OF THE RIVER SAINT JOHN, FROM FREDERICTON TO THE GREAT FALLS. 
 
 DISTANCE OF PLACES. 
 
 Miles. j 
 
 II Chains. 
 
 Links. 
 
 Ascent 
 
 from 
 
 Level. 
 
 No, of Rapids, j 
 
 Velocity of 
 Current in 
 Rapids. 
 
 Medium 
 velocity 
 of Cur- 
 rent. 
 
 Depth of Channel. 
 
 # 
 
 GEOLOGICAL. 
 
 From Fredericton to the Confluence of 
 
 
 
 
 Inches. 
 
 
 Per G6 leet. 
 
 Per 66 feet. 
 
 F. I. 
 
 Feet. 
 
 Sand, Gravel, eppcarance of Freestone, 
 
 Tide below Chapel Bar, . . . 
 
 4 
 
 77 
 
 57 
 
 . 
 
 . 
 
 ■ ■ ■ 
 
 72" 
 
 From 6 
 
 to 11 
 
 Accidental blocks of GraRite, gravel, laad, 
 
 From Confluence of Tide to French Cha- 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 pci, 
 
 5 
 
 15 
 
 
 43 
 
 2 
 
 28" 
 
 58" 
 
 J-9 
 
 S 
 
 Gneiss, Clay, Slate, Hoofing Slate. 
 
 From French Chapel to Cliff’s Bar, . . 
 
 7 
 
 52 
 
 
 120 
 
 3 
 
 28" 
 
 1' 25" 
 
 2-9 
 
 10 
 
 Gneiss, Gravel j Chiy, 
 
 From Cliff’s to head of Bear Island Bar, 
 
 
 70 
 
 40 
 
 ^ 227 
 
 2 
 
 ^ 30" 
 
 46" 
 
 AtBear Igland, 1—9 
 
 
 Gneiss. Red Gianite. 
 
 From Bear Island to Nackawickac, . . 
 
 s' 
 
 54 
 
 
 
 4 
 
 
 
 2-6 
 
 9 
 
 Variety Graaito. 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 
 Mednctic 
 
 
 
 
 [Quaili^. 
 
 From Nackawickac to Meductic, . «. . 
 
 4 
 
 68 
 
 50 
 
 36 
 
 2 
 
 rapids, 12" 
 
 60" 
 
 5 
 
 10 
 
 Large grained Granite, veined with 
 
 From Meductic to Eel River, . . . . 
 
 9,25 
 
 
 220 
 
 3 
 
 30" 
 
 48" 
 
 2-9 
 
 8 
 
 Graphic and Porphyritio Granite. 
 
 From Eel River to Griffith’s Island, . . 
 
 9 
 
 43 
 
 
 168 
 
 4 
 
 f CiCH 
 
 55" 
 
 2 
 
 7 
 
 Volcanic Stones, detached. 
 
 From Griffith’s Island to M‘Mullan’ 3 , 
 
 \2 
 
 ',26 
 
 
 1 
 
 4 
 
 > 2o 
 
 50" 
 
 1-9 
 
 
 Volcanic Cellular, do. ^ 
 
 From M‘Mullan’s to Presqu’ilc, . , . 
 
 8 
 
 8 
 
 
 > 144 
 
 3 
 
 
 
 3 
 
 £ 
 
 H 
 
 Gneiss, Trap, 
 
 From Presqu’ile to Rivier de Chute, 
 
 14l77 
 
 
 ^ 375 
 
 7 
 
 f 24" 
 
 45" 
 
 3 
 
 7 
 
 Limestone, Slate. 
 
 From Rivier de Chute to Tobique, . . 
 
 12 
 
 71 
 
 
 > 765 
 
 3 
 
 \ 
 
 
 2-6 
 
 9 
 
 Trap. 
 
 From Tobique to Great Falls, . . . . 
 
 21 
 
 12 
 
 
 5 
 
 8 
 
 15" 
 
 42" 
 
 2 
 
 3S 
 
 Transition Limestone. 
 
 
 — 
 
 i 
 
 — 
 
 .Total asr. 
 
 — 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Total distance, . . . 
 
 125 
 
 :39;47 
 
 1 2127 
 
 45 
 
 — Total length, lOJ miles. 
 
 
 
 Perpendicular height of Great Fall, 74 feetj descent through rocky chasm, 45 feel 6 inches — Total descent of Fulls, 119 feet 6 inches. — Height of Hill at Portage from level of Upper 
 Basin, 120 feel 7 inches ; height of Hill at Portage from level of Lower Basin, 240 feet I inch. — Depth of water iu Upper Basin, 20 feet j depth of water in Lower Basin, 33 feet.— 
 Length Qf cut necessary for Tunnel from Uppei to Lower Basin, 836 yards. ^ T;>/-\iTr tc c 
 
 jt. BUULjiJSv, U, 
 
40 
 
 RIVER MTRAMICHI. 
 
 This river as well as the numerous streams that fall into 
 it, have been formerly stored with abundance of Pines of the 
 most luxuriant growth, and although the lumbering business 
 has been prosecuted to a great extent for a number of years, 
 it still furnishes large quantities of square and sawed lum- 
 ber annually. It is indeed still the main source of the trade 
 of that part of the Province. It has also been noted from 
 its first settlement for its excellent Fisheries for Salmon, which 
 are taken in great abundance in many parts of the river. — 
 It has two main branches called the north-west and south- 
 west, which reach a great distance, and with their streams lay 
 open the inmost recesses of the country. Several fine Is- 
 lands lie in the course of this river, covered with elm, but- 
 ternut, ash, &c. which always denote the most luxuriant soil. 
 There are a chain of settlements along the course of this ri- 
 ver which will be noticed hereafter. Rafts are taken down 
 this river with the greatest safety directly to the shipping, 
 thereby ‘saving a vast deal of labor — and the ships can load in 
 any part of the river from its mouth to Frazer’s Island. 
 
 The Miramichi receives a great many fine rivers and 
 streams in its course, and its western branches head near the 
 river Saint John — short portages connect the communicati- 
 ons of the two rivers in different places. A rail road has 
 been contemplated to connect the seaboard with the Mira- 
 michi, by the way of the Grand Lake, but no active steps 
 have yet been taken to accomplish that object. 
 
 RIVER RESTIGOUCHE. 
 
 This river, with the Bay of Chaleur, into which it falls, 
 forms the northern boundary of the Province. It has New- 
 Brunswick on one side, and the district of Gaspe in Lower 
 Canada, on the other. It rises near the head of Grand River 
 which falls into the river St. John, about fifteen miles above 
 the Great Falls. A short portage leads from one stream to 
 the other. The Restigouche continues with its windings in 
 nearly a north direction, till it falls into the Bay of ChjTleur, 
 dividing in its course New-Brnnswick from Lower Canada, 
 as before noticed. It receives in its course the Upsalquitch, 
 (which intersects the County of Gloucester) with several 
 other large streams. This river is well stored with pine and 
 other timber, M’hich is exported in considerable quantities 
 from Batlmrst and other places. 
 
4.1 
 
 MOUNTAINS, &c. 
 
 The mountains and hills with which this Province is diver- 
 sified, have nothing peculiar to render a particular descrip- 
 tion interesting, except Mars Hill, which being the point 
 claimed by the British Commissioners as the height of land 
 contemplated by the treaty of J783, as constituting the north 
 Avest angle of Nova Scotia, as was before stated in the des- 
 cription of the river St. Croix, it must not be passed altoge- 
 ther unnoticed. This Hill or Mountain, lies about six miles 
 from the right bank of the river St. John, about one hun- 
 dred miles above Fredericton. It can be seen from the high 
 lands on the opposite side of the river, and appears at that 
 distance majestically towering above the adjacent country. — 
 On approaching the mountain the woods are open and the 
 ascent commences with an easy swell about half a mile from 
 the main hill, after which the ascent is more precipitous, 
 and in some places nearly perpendicular. Flaving reached 
 the crest, the spectator has a clear expanse of horizon, being 
 completely above the surrounding country. From hence, he 
 views a boundless forest beneath his feet. The surroundinof 
 bills appear like Avaves covered Avith their green foliage of 
 different shades from the various sorts of trees, Avith which 
 their summits are covered. In different places the more ele- 
 vated hills appear rising above the others like towers. Facing 
 the rh’er St. John he beholds Moose Mountain, about nine 
 miles distant, on the opposite side of the river which is near- 
 ly as high as Mars Hill, and perpendicular on the north side. 
 To his left are a range of lofty hills on the Restook. On his 
 right he has a distant view of Houlton plantation and the 
 American Garrison — while in his rear, just emerging from the 
 clouds, rise the lofty Catardhan Mountains on the Penobscot 
 river, the intermediate space exhibiting an undulating forest 
 of boundless variety of hills and A'alleys, lakes and streams ; 
 the whole forming a grand and imposing spectacle. The hill 
 is about three miles in length, very narroAA", and divided by a 
 holloAv in the centre. A small spot has been cleared at each 
 end of the hills, Avhere a temporary Observatory Avas for- 
 merly erected by the Commissioners under the Treaty of 
 Ghent. 
 
 There are a number of other mountains scattered through 
 the Province, some of them command a fine view of the sur- 
 rounding country, but they have nothing peculiar to merit a 
 particular description. Their formation and qualities will 
 hoAvever, at some future period, form an interesting subject 
 
 F 
 
42 
 
 of enquiry for the Geologist, and afford mateiials foi the 
 future trade and improvement of the Province : as they no 
 doubt contain abundance of marble, gypsum, and limestone ; 
 with a profusion of oi*es. 
 
 CHAP. IV. 
 
 Inhabitants— Relision— Education. 
 
 The inhabitants of New-Brunswick may be classed as fol- 
 lows, according to priority of settlement or occupation, viz. 
 Indians, Acadians, old inhabitants. Loyalists, Emigrants, and 
 Blacks. 
 
 The Indians, or aborigines, are fast declining, and although 
 considerable sums of money were formerly spent by a society 
 in England to induce them to form settlements, and become 
 planters, and likewise to instruct them in the Christian religion, 
 and the rudiments of useful learning, yet very bttle good has 
 accrued to them from the exertions of that society. The In- 
 dians still continue their migratory mode of life, and the so- 
 ciety has lately withdrawn its support from this Province, and 
 transferred its .operations to the Indians of the River Credit in 
 Upper Canada ; in consequence of this, the institution at Sus- 
 sex Vale, where there was a Seminary for their instruction, 
 has been abandoned. They appear, indeed, to be rapidly de- 
 clining, not only in numbers, but morals, as may be evident- 
 ly seen in the squalid and wretched appearance they present 
 about the towns. The St. John and Quoddy Indians belong 
 to the Micinac and Melicete tribes, but principally to the lat- 
 ter; they have dwindled down to a small number, probably 
 not exceeding fifteen hundred souls. Like the Acadian 
 French, most of them that give any attendance to the obser- 
 vances of religion, are of the Romish Church. Formerly 
 there was much sympathy existing for the welfare of the In- 
 dians m this and the neighbouring Province ; but this unfor- 
 tunate race seems to be forgotten in the present vortex of im- 
 provement which appears to absorb a great portion of the best 
 feelings of our nature. There is an Indian Agent for the 
 Province, and a number of them assemble once a year at Go- 
 vernment House, where they are regaled with music and re- 
 
43 
 
 ireshnients, and usually receive a small present. But such 
 heartless measures will never do much for the improvement of 
 this expiring race. There are upwards of sixty thousand 
 acres of land reserved for the Indians in New-Brunswick. 
 
 The next class are the Acadians or French, being the de- 
 scendants of the old French neutrals and other French inha- 
 bitants who were allowed to remain in Nova-Scotia after it 
 came into the possession of the British : they are a very nu- 
 merous class, and are scattered over most parts of the Pro- 
 vince, and as they preferred settling together, they are to be 
 found in large numbers in the seaboard counties, where they 
 live by fishing and agriculture. In the County of Carleton, 
 there are over three thousand, and in Westmorland they ex- 
 ceed the English population. They are in general, like their 
 ancestors, the old French neutrals, a quiet, orderly, and con- 
 tented people ; they are not possessed of the same enterprising 
 spirit as the English, but are contented to travel in the same 
 round as their fathers did before them. They are with very 
 few exceptions Catholics, and pay an affectionate and sincere 
 reverence to their priests, and an implicit obedience to their 
 spiritual and temporal instructions ; their settlements ai*e ge- 
 nerally so formed as to have a Chapel, to which the whole 
 may resort, and neither distance nor other slight impediments 
 prevent them from assembling for worship on Sundays. This 
 enables them to erect Chapels, and gives the priest encou- 
 ragement to go on in his labour, as he finds himself always 
 supported and surrounded by his people, be they many or 
 few. Their marriages are generally early, and families nu- 
 merous. It is but rarely that they intermarry with the Eng- 
 lish, and consequently remain almost a distinct people, in 
 manners, connexions, and religion. 
 
 The old inhabitants are those families who were settled in 
 the Province before the conclusion of the American revolu- 
 tion. They were so called by the disbanded troops and re- 
 fugees who came to the country in 1783, and the appellation 
 is still applied to their descendants. Some of those were set- 
 tled at Maugerville, Cumberland, and other places, where 
 they had made considerable improvements, when the Loyal- 
 ists came to the country. The old race have nearly passed 
 away, but their descendants are spread through the country, 
 and intermixed with the new comers. 
 
 The most numerous class of the inhabitants are the descen- 
 dants of the Loyalists who came to this Province in 1783, at 
 the conclusion of the American revolution. These are the 
 offspring of those genuine patriots who sacrificed their com- 
 
forts and projierty iii the United States for their attachment 
 to the government under which they drew their first breath, 
 and came to this country, then a wilderness, to transmit those 
 blessings to their posterity, and who, when it came to the try- 
 ing point whether they should forsake their homes or aban- 
 don their King, preferred the former w'ithout hesitation, al- 
 though many of them had young families, and the choice 
 was made at the risk of life. As, however, the decision was 
 made with alacrity, so was it preserved with unwavering con- 
 stancy. 
 
 The other classes are composed of emigrants from the old 
 country, disbanded soldiers, retired officers, (naval and mili- 
 tary), gentlemen filling different offices, with their families, 
 and numerous classes of persons of different callings and oc- 
 cupations, who from time to time have come to the Province, 
 and who with their w'ealth, enterprise, and intelligence have 
 aided in raising the intellectual and physical character of 
 the inhabitants to a high standard. Those several descri[)- 
 tions of inhabitants just noticed, namely, the old inhabitants, 
 the loyalists and emigrants, may be considered as one people. 
 They are amalgamating by marriage, and their institutions 
 and language are the same ; they have one common interest, 
 and are the substantial occupants of the country. 
 
 The Blacks are scattered through the Province in conside- 
 rable numbers ; in some places they are settled on land, but 
 in general they live in or near the towns, and are employed 
 as labourers or hired as servants. Those who are in indigent 
 circumstances have the means of getting their children educa- 
 ted at the Sunday Schools and other institutions, where they 
 are instructed gratis. 
 
 The population of New-Brunswick in 1834, was, exclusive 
 of Indians, 119,45T souls; in 1824, it was 74,116 — shewing 
 an increase in ten years of 45,281 souls. 
 
 There are about twenty thousand men enrolled in the dif- 
 ferent corps of Militia throughout the Province ; an expen- 
 sive and useless pageant of a large Militia Staff with Drill 
 and inspection musters is still kept up, and the real defence 
 of the country in providing arms, ammunition, and the mate- 
 riel of an armed force is lost sight of. But this species of 
 foolery, to say the least of it, is getting into bad odour with 
 the thinking part of the community. 
 
 According to Mr. Wedderburn, thex'e were in this Pro- 
 vince in 1834, 18,340 families, occupying 16,434 houses — 
 being an avei'age ot a little over six souls to a family, and one 
 person to every 160 acres. 
 
45 
 
 RELIGION. 
 
 Church of Rome. — In treating of this numerous class, it 
 may be observed that no religious body in the Colonies, or 
 even on the Continent of America, appears to keep pace with 
 them in their increase. In the United States there is scarce- 
 ly a town of any note but has one or more churches with large 
 congregations, while in the large towns and cities they have 
 a vast number of beautiful and spacious structures for the ce- 
 lebration of the religious rites of that Church, and are year- 
 ly increasing more than any other religious denomination. — 
 Indeed, according to the American accounts, the whole of 
 North America is parcelled out by the Court of Rome into 
 Bishopricks, and as far back as 1835, there were no less than 
 two Archbishops and nine Bishops nominated for America, 
 and Missionaries and treasure sent out to that country to ex- 
 tend and establish the Roman Catholic religion. 
 
 In New-Brunswick they are a numerous and fast increas- 
 ing body. The French inhabitants who form a numerous 
 class of the population are with few exceptions all of that 
 church. The numerous classes of Irish already settled in 
 the country are nearly all of that denomination ; and as a 
 large portion of the emigrants that arrive yearly, are from 
 Ireland, and of that persuasion, they will soon outnumber 
 most of the other denominations. The largest place appro- 
 priated for Divine Worship in the Province belongs to the 
 Catholics ; who have also large churches in most of the towns, 
 with overflowing congregations ; and also chapels rising up 
 in most of the settlements. 
 
 New-Brunswick and Prince Edward Island form one Dio- 
 cese. The Bishop usually resides at Charlotte-Town. — 
 There are two Vicar-Generals and fifteen Priests in New- 
 Brunswick, having each one or more churches under their 
 charge, with large congregations. The salaries of the Priests 
 are from one to two hundred pounds per annum, and are de- 
 rived from the income of the churches, marriage and other 
 fees ; and when those are insufficient, the balance is provided 
 for by the respective congregations. 
 
 EPISCOPAL CHURCH. 
 
 New-Brunswick belongs to the See of the Bishop of Nova 
 Scotia, who, by the King’s Letters Patent, exercises Episco- 
 pal jurisdiction over the Pi'ovince. It is an Archdeaconry, 
 and the more immediate concerns of the Church are mana- 
 
46 
 
 ged by an Archdeacon, assisted by twenty-eight Clergymen, 
 most of whom are Rectors, and have good churches with re- 
 spectable congregations. Some Clergymen supply two or 
 more Parishes, and others travel round a certain district and 
 perform Divine Service in different places at stated intervals, 
 answering in some instances the purpose of travelling Mis- 
 sionaries. 
 
 Great efforts have lately been made to forward the inte- 
 rests of this Church. An association has been formed called 
 “The Church Society of the Archdeaconry of New-Bruns- 
 wick, to embrace the following objects, viz : Missionary visits 
 to neglected places — the establishment of Divinity Scholar- 
 ships at King’s College, Fredericton — aid to Sunday and 
 other Schools, in which Church principles are taught, and 
 the training and encouraginff schoolmasters and catechists — 
 the supply of books and tracts in strict conformity with the 
 principles of the Established Church, and to aid the building 
 and enlarging of churches and chapels.” 
 
 The Governor is the ordinarv and collates to all livings in 
 this Province. The temporalities of the Church being vest- 
 ed in* the King. The Bishop, and, under him, the Archdea- 
 con, are the sole judges of the qualifications of all candidates 
 presented to the Church in New-Brunswick. 
 
 There is no data from which a correct statement of the 
 number of members belonging to this, as well as some other 
 Denominations can be obtained. There is, however, reason 
 to believe that the Established Church keeps pace with most 
 of the other churches in extending her ministry through the 
 various rising settlements in this Province. 
 
 The highly talented and indefatigable Diocesan in his visi- 
 tation of New-Brunswick in 183.5, has expressed himself in 
 his report to the Societ}’^ for the Propagation of the Gospel 
 in Foreign Parts, fully compensated for the privations and 
 fiitigues endured during his arduous tour, by the cheering 
 prospects of the cliurch in this part of his Diocese; which 
 he considers in a state of progressive improvement. 
 
 The Clergy of this Church derive part of their salaries 
 from the Society for the Propagation of the Gospel in Fo- 
 reign Parts. The remainder being made up from the in- 
 comes of their respective parishes. The usual amount of the 
 livings is from tsvo to three hundred pounds per annum, 
 though often much less. 
 
 There are eighty parishes in New-Brunswick, in %vhich 
 there are forty-three churches and chapels, capable of con- 
 taining from 13,000 to 15,000 persons. But these churches 
 
lire all contained in thirty-six parishes, more than half of the 
 whole number being without a church. There are twenty- 
 eight Clergymen in the Province, who reside in twenty-three 
 Parishes, some parishes having more than one : so that there 
 are fifty-seven parishes out of eighty without a resident cler- 
 gyman, and forty-four without a church or chapel belonging 
 to the Establishment. 
 
 METHODISTS. 
 
 The Methodists are a numerous and fast increasing body 
 in this Province, there being now 2487 members in connec- 
 tion with the different Societies. They have twenty-one 
 Wesleyan Missionaries including two supernumerai'ies, in 
 the New- Brunswick Disti’ict, with a number of preachers, 
 who, although they are not in immediate connection with the 
 Missionaries, adhere strictly to the old Methodist doctrine 
 and discipline, and generally attend the Conference, which is 
 always held once a year. They are usually settled in the 
 different stations, where they perform Divine Service and other 
 ministerial duties, and assist the missionary, or perform the 
 duties of the church in his absence. They are known some- 
 time by the name of supernumeraries, and at others as local 
 preachers. The yearly Conference is held in May at differ- 
 ent parts of the Province in different yeai’s, so that each 
 station shall partake in turn. Plere the whole body of 
 preachers assemble to arrange their several stations, and to 
 regulate the general affairs both temporal and spiritual of 
 the whole District. At these Conferences young preachers 
 are admitted on trial, and probationei's who have laboured 
 four years in the ministry to the satisfaction of the Confer- 
 ence, are taken into full connexion. There are also District 
 Meetings, which are called when any particular circumstance 
 occui's that requires immediate attention. A Chairman is 
 always appointed at each Conference to the different Districts 
 who presides at these meetings. Here they examine and 
 settle such business as cannot without injury to the body be 
 deferred till the meeting of the Conference. The Methodists 
 have a number of fine chapels in different parts of the Pro- 
 vince, and are yearly impi’oving them and adding to their 
 number. Indeed there are but few settlements of any note 
 where they have not already a chapel or one in progress, or a 
 society forming. 
 
 The first Methodist Society in New-Brunswick was foi’med 
 in Saint John, in the autumn of 1791, by Mr. Abraham J. 
 
48 
 
 Bisliop, a preacher from the Isle of Jersey. The Methodist 
 preacliers receive salaries nearly as follows, according to their 
 several stations : — a single man receives from thirty to forty 
 pounds per annum — a married man without children, from 
 sixty to seventy pounds yearly, with a house and fuel found ; 
 and for every child an additional allowance is yearly made. 
 The funds are raised in the different stations by weekly, 
 quarterly and other collections. When the income of the 
 station is more than is required for the support of its minis- 
 ters and the wants of the church, the overplus is yearly re- 
 mitted to the parent fund in England, and where a station is 
 new and the funds insufficient, the deficiency is supplied from 
 the same source or from extra contributions among the 
 members. 
 
 BAPTISTS. 
 
 The Baptists may be classed among the first settlers in 
 the Province. Many of them are the descendants of the old 
 inhabitants, who were in general the followers of the celebra- 
 ted George Whitfield, whose ministry they had attended in 
 the States before they removed hither, or who had been visi- 
 ted by his zealous disciple, Henry Alleine, who travelled in 
 Nova Scotia and this Province when in its infancy. The ad- 
 herents of these two celebrated preachers were long known 
 through the country under the denomination of “ Xe'jo 
 Lights." After the province had been some time settled, 
 they were visited by Baptist Ministers and received the rite 
 of Baptism, and were formed into Churches bearing that 
 name. Plaving been at different timesjoined by persons from 
 the old countries as well as from the States, they now form a 
 numerous class of the inhabitants of the country. They 
 may be said to be divided into two main divisions. The Cal- 
 vinistic and the Free Will Baptists. The latter are again 
 divided into a great variety of sects, such as Christians, Nut- 
 tites. Baptists, and manj’^ others, which it would be needless to 
 attempt to designate as they are almost yearly changing and 
 dividing. They however generally agree in carrying the 
 levelling spirit into their religious modes and do not fike to be 
 confined to order of any kind. The Calvinistic Baptists, 
 on the contrary, are very strict in Church Government, and 
 have a formula; of F.iith comprised in seventeen articles. — 
 They are a numerous and increasing race of people, and 
 have several fine chapels, with a zealous laborious body of 
 Ministers, many of wlmm have large congregations, ainrare 
 
49 
 
 well settled, while others labour in extensive circuits or travel 
 as missionaries. They are, however, rather behind some of 
 the other denominations in providing funds for the supply 
 of their churches with stated pastors. But they have not 
 been wanting in uniting their efforts to remedy the defect, 
 and their noble Institution lately founded in Fredericton, 
 where youth may be fully prepared for the Christian Minis- 
 try, will stand as a monument of their zeal. 
 
 The Baptist churches, although founded on the independ- 
 ent scheme, each church being sovereign within itself, are 
 still in a certain sense afhliated. For each year they hold a 
 genei’al meeting called the Baptist Association, to which all 
 the Ministers resort, and to which letters and messengers 
 are sent from all the several churches. Here the general 
 affairs of the whole body are arranged. The state and wel- 
 fare of each particular Church inquired into, and an affecti- 
 onate address in the shape of a circular letter is drawn up, 
 and sent to the different churches. In this letter any defec- 
 tion in zeal, discipline or doctrine, that may have crept into 
 the Churches is pointed out ; and exhortations both cau- 
 tionary and admonitory are given, as the state of the differ- 
 ent churches may require. At this Association a j’early Re- 
 port is drawn up, according to which, the number of commu- 
 nicants in 1837 was 2355, with eighteen ministers. 
 
 PRESBYTERIANS. 
 
 Most of the Presbyterian churches at present in this Pro- 
 vince are in connexion with the Established Churcfi of Scot- 
 land. The first Presbyterians who established themselves 
 in the country, were generally seceders or other dissenters 
 from the Scottish church. They of course sought ministers 
 of the same persuasion, and had several churches in different 
 parts of the Province, but were often destitute of pastors. — 
 In the early settlement of the country there were a few 
 Clergymen sent out by Lady Huntington, who were employ- 
 ed by the seceders ; but this was a very scant and short lived 
 supply, and the Presbyterians were frequently without any 
 resident minister. There w'as no regular Clergyman of the 
 Established Church of Scotland in the Province till Doctor 
 Burns came out in 1817 — since which time great attention 
 has been paid by the Scottish church to supply a regular 
 ministry for this Province, and by a late Act of the General 
 Assembly of the Established Chui’ch, all the Colonial 
 Churches in North America are placed on the same foot- 
 ing with the Indian Mission. 
 
 G 
 
50 
 
 The several Ministers of this Church in New-Brunswick 
 have lately erected themselves into a Provincial Synod, in 
 connexion with, the Established Church of Scotland. The 
 number of clergymen belonging to this Church at present in 
 the Province is ten. They are supported by the income from 
 their several churches and voluntary subscriptions of their 
 members. Their salaries are from ^200 to ^^300 per an- 
 num. When a Parsonage house is provided by the congre- 
 gation, the annual rent is deducted from the salary. 
 
 The foregoing five classes embrace the principal religious 
 denominations in this Province; and although there are a 
 few individuals of other persuasions, there are no other regu- 
 larly organized churches in the countx’y than those just de- 
 scribed. In regard to numbers it may be observed that in 
 all the above denominations, there are always a great number 
 of attendants at the different churches, who form a great part 
 of the congregation, and although in a strict sense they do 
 not belong to the church, still they lay claim to the name, 
 so that the exact number of members belonging to the dif- 
 ferent classes cannot be precisely ascertained. For this 
 reason I have given the precedence to the different bodies 
 according to what on a strict enquiry I conceive to be their 
 numerical position ; the Romish Church ranking the highest 
 and the Scotch the lowest. At present no correct list of the 
 number of the different denominations exists, and the writer 
 does not wish to give as facts, points on which the churches 
 themselves have not yet decided. 
 
 It is pleasing to add that the different denominations live 
 in the greatest harmony with each other. 
 
 LITERATURE. 
 
 Great efforts have been made in this Province to place 
 learning on a respectable footing, and to provide such insti- 
 tutions for the diffusion of knowledge as shall enable can- 
 didates for the learned professions to obtain the required 
 branches of education without leaving their homes. Every 
 requisite of classical and scientific knowledge that may be ne- 
 cessary for the student to fit him for the different avocations 
 of life can now be obtained at the different seminaries of learn- 
 ing that are in active operation. 
 
 At the head of those institutions must be placed the Col- 
 lege of New-Brunswick, or King’s College ; — this was esta- 
 blished on its present foundation by Royal Charter, bearing 
 
51 
 
 date the 18th day November, 1823. A grant of j€1000 stg. 
 was made to this College out of the Royal revenues of the 
 Province ; this sum, with its former endowment in lands, and 
 a liberal annual grant from the Legislature, enabled the Cor- 
 poration to erect a spacious building, and to provide books 
 and other requisites to illustrate the different branches of 
 science taught in the institution. 
 
 The object of the College as expressly declared in the char- 
 ter by which his late Majesty endowed it with the privileges 
 of an University, is, “ the education of youth in the principles 
 of the Christian religion, and their instruction in the various 
 branches of literature and science. In pursuance of this 
 object, the plan adopted by the Council has been to I’eccive 
 such students as had acquired the elements of a liberal educa- 
 tion at the Grammar Schools of the Province, or elsewhere, 
 and to afford them the means of those mature attainments 
 which experience has proved to be the fittest qualifications for 
 the higher stations and offices of society. 
 
 “ Nothing further, therefore, is required of candidates for 
 matriculation, than that they be sufficiently acquainted with the 
 grammatical structure of the Latin and Greek languages, and 
 be capable of expressing their thoughts in writing in Latin as 
 well as English. No restriction is imposed as regards age, 
 religion, place of birth, or education, of any person present- 
 ing himself for admission. 
 
 “ The instruction of students is conducted by the Vice Pre- 
 sident and two Professors.” 
 
 “ The day begins and concludes with divine worship.” 
 
 “ The time actually spent by the student on daily lectures 
 extends in general from ten in the morning to two in the af- 
 ternoon.” 
 
 “ The junior students begin with such classical authors as 
 Homer, Xenophon, Livy, and Cicero ; they afterwards ad- 
 vance to Euripides and Demosthenes. The senior enter on 
 the study of Heroditus and Sophocles, and proceed to Thu- 
 cydides, Ai'istotle, Pindar, and Tacitus. 
 
 “ The Oxford system of Logic and the Cambridge course 
 of Mathematics are adopted by the respective Professors. 
 
 “ The Professors deliver Lectures on History, commen- 
 cing with the Mosaic records — Metaphysics or Mental Phi- 
 losophy — Moral Philosophy aud Divinity. 
 
 “ Various questions and subjects for more private exercises 
 in writing are proposed by the several Professors, as they 
 may find occasion in connexion with their several Lectures ; 
 and on every Saturday the Vice-President affixes in the Hall 
 
52 
 
 a subject for a general theme or essay, which at the end of 
 the following week every student is required to present. — 
 Such is the provision actually made for students. But the 
 Council hope to find themselves enabled at no very distant 
 period to establish distinct Professorships in Natural Philo- 
 sophy, Law, Anatomy and Medicine, by which the circle of 
 Collegiate Education would be almost completed. 
 
 “ The Academical year begins on the first Thursday in 
 September, and continues with a vacation of three weeks at 
 Christmas, and a few days at Easter and Whitsuntide, to the 
 beginning of July. Four of these years are required for 
 the first degree of Bachelor of Arts. But the actual resi- 
 dence will seldom much exceed three years. For higher de- 
 grees residence is not absolutely necessary, except during 
 the two Terms in the case of Candidates for the degree of 
 Master of Arts. No religious test is imposed on admission 
 to any Degrees except in Divinity.” 
 
 Necessary expences of a Collegiate Course. 
 
 Fees on Matriculation, . . . £0 6 0 
 
 Four annual payments of £8 each, for Tuition, 32 0 0 
 Payments for boarding, lodging, and attend- i 
 
 ance, at 128. 6d. per week, according to the > 90 12 G 
 
 actual residence, betwen £ 15 , and . ) 
 
 Four annual payments of la. 6d. towards the } 
 
 Library and Plate, . . . j ^ ® 
 
 Fees on the Degree of Bachelor of Arts, . 4 15 2 
 
 Aggregate expense according to the actual > « 
 
 residence, between £113 10 2, and . 2 3 
 
 From the above it will appear that the whole expense of a 
 Collegiate Course for the whole four years, including the 
 first degree, need not much exceed one hundred and thir- 
 teen pounds. The fees payable on admission to the Degree 
 of blaster ©f Arts, or Bachelor in Civil Law, are under se- 
 ven pounds ; and those on admission to a Doctor’s Degree 
 in any Faculty, very little exceed ten pounds. ^ 
 
 Funds of King's College. 
 
 The College is endowed with a block of land, comprising 
 nearly six thousand acres, adjoining Fredericton ; the vear- 
 ly income of which I have no data to ascertain. 
 
 A Grant from the King of ^1000 sterling, annually. 
 
 A Grant from the Provincial Legislature, ifilOOO sterling, 
 
53 
 
 The next Institution for promoting Literature is the Bap- 
 tist Seminary. This may be denominated what the Ameri- 
 cans call a High Classical School. It is a Provincial Bap- 
 tist Institution, founded by that Body, and under the gene- 
 ral superintendence of the Baptist Association of New-Bruns- 
 wick. It is located at Fredericton where there is a Mana- 
 ging Committee to watch its pi-ogress and provide for its 
 maintenance. This Institution promises to be of the great- 
 est utility in diffusing useful knowledge. It has been well 
 filled since its commencement, and has for more than a year 
 past given the greatest satisfaction to all who have made 
 themselves acquainted with its operations. This Seminary 
 was first opened on the 4th January, 18S6. Its course of 
 instruction comprises the higher branches of English edu- 
 cation, together wdth the classics. 
 
 The rate of tuition varies from 15s. to 25s. per quarter. — 
 The present charge for board, owing to the advanced price 
 of provisions, is 1-Os. per week : the price formerly was 7s. 6d. 
 About fifty pupils can be accommodated in the boarding 
 establishment. 
 
 The male class room in this Seminary is calculated to ac- 
 commodate 100 pupils, and the female 140. 
 
 There were in attendance during the term ending in June, 
 1837, Males, 45; Females, 35 — total, 80. 
 
 This Institution is open to persons of every religious 
 denomination. 
 
 There are two vacations — the first commences early in July, 
 after the yearly examination, and continues six weeks ; the 
 second in January, and continues two weeks. 
 
 This Institution has no permanent revenue ; neither has 
 it ever yet received any thing from the public funds. It de- 
 pends solely on the exertions of its conductors and the aid of 
 the Baptist connexion generally, who are pledged for its 
 support. 
 
 The debt due by the Society on the erection of the build- 
 ings belonging to the above Institution, and other expences 
 incurred in bringing it to its present state of efficiency, 
 is .seiOOS 8s. lid. 
 
 The next Institutions for education are the Grammar 
 Schools, which are established in the several Counties, and 
 which receive a yearly grant from the Legislature. In these 
 schools a good useful education may be obtained and a foun- 
 dation laid for admission into the College. 
 
 The most beneficial institutions for the general good of the 
 whole population are the Parish or Common Schools, which 
 
54 - 
 
 enable the scattered settlements to obtain the blessings of 
 early instruction for their children, by establishing schools 
 within their neighbourhood. By the bounty of the Legis- 
 lature, twenty pounds per annum is allowed to be drawn out 
 of the Province Treasury, for every parish where a school- 
 house is provided, and the sum of thirty pounds raised by 
 the inhabitants to enable them to employ good and sufficient 
 teachers, which extends to three or more schools in a pa- 
 rish. This is bringing schooling to the doors of all such as 
 will exert themselves to partake of the benefit, and it is no 
 doubt among the very best methods in which the public 
 funds could be expended, and it is only to be wished that 
 the system may be perpetuated, improved and extended. 
 
 The Madras School also furnishes the means of useful 
 learning to a great number of children, particularly of the 
 poorer classes, many of whom are taught gratis, as well as 
 furnished with books and sometimes with clothing. This 
 school is managed by an incorporated body, styled The Go- 
 vernor and Trustees of the Madras School in New-Bruns- 
 wick. Besides the above there are a number of other Schools 
 in the principal towns, particularly St. John, where almost 
 every branch of useful and liberal education can be obtained 
 from persons well qualified for the task, who occasionally 
 visit those places, and teach for a limited period, according as 
 pupils offer. 
 
 Before dismissing this article it will be proper to notice 
 an Institution of the first importance to the Province at 
 large, and this is the Sunday School system. 
 
 The means of useful knowledge are greatly increased in 
 this Province, by the very beneficial and laudable exertions 
 that are made in most of the settlements to educate the rising 
 generation by the general introduction of Sunday Schools. 
 There are but few settlements without them. In the towns 
 many influential individuals are engaged as teachers, trustees 
 or otherwise. Books are provided gratis at most schools, 
 so that the most indigent have an opportunity of having their 
 children instructed in the knowledge of the sacred scriptures 
 and principles of Christianity. Indeed every attention is 
 paid in those schools, and every encouragement is held out 
 by giving prizes, books, &c. to stimulate exertion, and to 
 win the attention of the young mind to sacred knowledge. 
 In the principal towns after the yearly examination, prizes 
 are awarded to the most deserving, and a feast is provided, of 
 which all may partake. 
 
CHAP. V. 
 
 GOVERNMENT, CIVIL LIST, REVENUES, &c. 
 
 Government — Council — Legislature — Courts — Remarks on the quali^ 
 Jications of Colonial Governors — Civil List — Observations — 
 List of Administrators of the Government and Provincial 
 Parliaments — Revenues, ^'c. 
 
 The Government of New-Brunswick, like most of the Bri- 
 tish Colonies, is Royal, and a miniature of the Parent State ; 
 the other forms originally established in the Plantations and 
 Colonies having given way to Monarchical Governments af- 
 ter the British model which is closely followed in the differ- 
 ent orders of Judicature, as well as in the Provincial Legis- 
 lature. 
 
 The powers of the Governor are very extensive, he being 
 not only Commander-in-Chiefof the Province, but Vice-Ad- 
 miral, Chancellor, Ordinary, &c. 
 
 He is assisted by an Executive Council, consisting of nine 
 members who are appointed by the Royal Mandamus. In 
 most of the Colonies the Executive Council yet form one 
 branch of the Legislature, thereby exhibiting the anomaly of 
 a body exercising two opposite inconsistent functions. This 
 absurdity also existed in New Brunswick till 1834, when 
 through the persevering efforts of the lower House, the 
 Councils were divided, and a distinct body was appointed to 
 constitute the second branch in the Provincial Legislature. 
 
 Those who are acquainted with Colonial History* are 
 aware that formerly the Council were not a separate branch 
 of the Legislature from the Governor, but that he sat at the 
 board as their President and deliberated with them. In pro- 
 cess of time, however, a practice crept in of the Governor ab- 
 senting himself, and litiving the Council to deal with the As- 
 sembly as well as they could without his interfei'ence. This 
 practice, which is no doubt an improvement in Colonial Le- 
 gislation has been so long followed that it seems to have gained 
 
 See Edwarda on thia subject. 
 
56 
 
 n legal right by prescription, and is the mode now followed 
 in all the'Colonies ; thereby constituting the Governor one 
 branch of the Legislature. The Composition of the Council 
 still remains a grievance in the Colonies. One serious diffi- 
 culty, however, among the Councillors themselves, in regard 
 to the succession to the administration of the Government in 
 the event of a vacancy, has been set at rest by a late order 
 from England directing the highest Military Officer in the 
 Province to assume the Government till the vacancy is other- 
 wise filled up. 
 
 The Legislature of New-Brunswick, like that of the other 
 Colonies, is a miniature of the British Parliament, consisting 
 of three branches, — the Lieutenant Governor, the Council, 
 and the House of Representatives or Delegates of the People. 
 The Governor represents the Crown, the Council form the 
 Upper House, and the Representatives from the several Coun- 
 ties the Lower House or House of Assembly. The number 
 of Representatives for the several Counties is as follows : — 
 The Counties of Saint John, Westmorland, CharlcKlte, and 
 York send four each; the Counties of King’s, Queen’s, Sun- 
 bury, Northumberland, Gloucester, Kent, and Carleton, and 
 the City of Saint John send /tco each. 
 
 The Assembly or Provincial Parliament meets in the win- 
 ter at Fredericton, and continues in session from fifty to sixty 
 days. Its' chief business is in managing the Provincial Re- 
 venues, laying Taxes, voting Supplies, &c., correcting abuses, 
 redressing grievances, and passing such Laws from time to 
 time as the circumstances and exigencies of the Province may 
 require. The powers of the Parliament are supreme and un- 
 controllable within the Province. Where laws are enacted 
 that interfere with acts of the Imperial Parliament, or with the 
 trade laws of the INIother Country, they are transmitted to the 
 Sovereign with a suspending clause, and are not in force un- 
 til they receive the Royal Sanction ; for the Sovereign has 
 the prerogative of disallowing all laws and statutes of the Co- 
 lonial Parliaments, even after they have received the assent 
 of the Governor of the Colony. 
 
 The principal Courts established in the Province are the 
 following : — 
 
 The Court of Chancery, which is a prerogative Court as 
 well as a Court of Equity. The Lieutenant Governor or 
 Commander-iu-Chief is Chancellor, and the Justices of the 
 Supreme Court are Assignees. 
 
 The Court of Governor and Council for hearing and de- 
 termining causes relative to Marriage and Divorce. 
 
o7 
 
 The Supreme Court of Judicature. — This Court holds its 
 principal terms at Fredericton, but the Judges hold Circuit 
 Courts in all the different Counties. It consists of a Chief 
 Justice and three Puisne Judges. The Chief Justice has a 
 salary of .^950, and each of the Puisne Judges £ 650. The 
 jurisdiction of this Court is very extensive, partaking of the 
 ])o\vers of the Court of King’s Bench, Exchequer, Common 
 Pleas, and other Courts in England. All Civil causes of im- 
 portance and capital cases are determined in this Court. 
 
 The other Courts are the Court of Vice Admiralty, a Court 
 for the Trial and Punishmentof Piracy committed on the high 
 seas, and a Court for the Probate of Wills and granting Ad- 
 ministrations. 
 
 The Inferior Court of Common Pleas and General Ses- 
 sions of the Peace serves, like the Mayor and Aldermen of 
 the City of Saint .lohn, to regulate most of the internal police 
 of the different Counties. The Courts are held in all the 
 Counties, and consist of two, three or more Justices who pre- 
 side, — one acting as Principal. They are assisted by the 
 Magistrates of the County collectively. At those Sessions 
 causes that do not involve property to a great amount are 
 determined, as are also all crimes and misdemeanors which 
 do not affect life. The Grand Inquest of the County attends 
 this Court, and assists them in suppressing vice and immoral- 
 ity, and in punishing all breaches of the peace ; by present- 
 ing to the Court all offences that come to their knowledge, 
 Bills of Indictment are prepared, and, if found by the Jury, 
 the parties ofiending are immediately proceeded against. — 
 Here also the Parish Officers are appointed ; Parish and 
 County Taxes are apportioned ; the accounts from the sev- 
 eral Parishes audited and settled ,• Retailers and Inn-keepers 
 licenced and regulated, with many other matters connected 
 with the Police of the County. 
 
 Besides this Court, there is a summai’y mode of recovering 
 Debts under five pounds, before a single Magistrate. 
 
 Before dismissing these few observations on the Govern- 
 ment of the Province, it may be well to remark, that although 
 a Governor is bound to consult his Council, it does not follow 
 that he is obliged to adhere to their advice, but, on the con- 
 trary, he must exercise his own judgment, and act on his own 
 responsibility. They are indeed his constitutional advisers, 
 but he must be the judge of their Counsel ; he may reject it, 
 or act contrary to it, and still his proceedings be legal in his 
 own Government : being accountable to his yovereign 
 alone for his acts, he is not ^ shelter himself behind the 
 
 11 
 
58 
 
 Council for following unwliolesome advice. This correct 
 view of his own responsibility appears to have been well un- 
 derstood by Sir Francis Bond Head, the Governor of Upper 
 Canada, who by asserting and acting on this principle in 1 836, 
 startled the timid, and created a political schism in that coun- 
 try, but whose correct view of the Constitution under which 
 he acted gained him the unqualified approbation of the 
 Home Government. In short, the Governor is not to become 
 a mere puppet in the hands of his Council, but as the •primum 
 ’mobile in the Government, a free and accountable agent. — 
 This points out the necessity of Colonial Governors being 
 well versed in the principles of the British Constitution and 
 deeply grounded in the various intricacies of the free institu- 
 tions of a limited Government. 
 
 The enquiry naturally suggests itself, — whether the military 
 profession (the school from which most Colonial Governoz’s are 
 selected) is the most proper to furnish pei’sons who ai’o to ex- 
 ercise such important trusts and possess such extensive pow- 
 ers, who are to elucidate and apply the pz’inciples of a Govern- 
 ment to whose civil and religious privileges they are neaidy 
 sti’angers. Having been brought up from their youth in an 
 arbitrai’y school, they appear to be (probably with some honor- 
 able exceptions) very objectionable persons to be at once 
 transferred fi’om such a passive machine as the army, to the 
 exei’cise of the highest functions over a Colony possessing free 
 institutions, and whose inhabitants entertain a jealous sense 
 of their civil and religious liberties as guaranteed to them by 
 the Constitution of the Parent State. The commencement of 
 the troubles in Canada may, no doubt, be traced back to some 
 high handed measure of Sir James Ci'aig, or some other mi- 
 litary gentleman. In the army, a despotic authority is exer- 
 cised by superiors and a passive obedience must be rendered 
 by infei ioi’s ; but undisputed command and passive obedience, 
 which are virtues in the military, may become vices in the ci- 
 vil departments of life. Men brought up from their youth 
 in those maxims have much to unlearn to fit them for civil 
 stations. Indeed, high arbiti'ary military notions cannot be 
 safely carried into practice in private life or Civil Government. 
 It is an old but not the less true saying, that men may be led, 
 but do not like to be drove. Men will not relinquish the 
 natui'al right of thinking for themselves. In the language of 
 of that great Statesman Sir James MTntosh, — “ It is a fatal 
 eri’or in rulers to despise the people.” The safety and welfare 
 of a community are best pi'eserved by consulting their wishes 
 and feelings. But as a knowledge of human nature and an 
 
.59 
 
 enlarged view of civil rights and institutions, are not confined 
 to any particular class, so men have been taken from the army 
 and placed in high civil stations which they have filled with 
 the greatest ability : and there have been persons who from 
 their intimate acquaintance with the genius of civil liberty, 
 have shaken off the habits of the soldier, and entered into the 
 feeling of the people, — men whose good sense led them to 
 give due weight to the prejudices and opinions of the people 
 over whom they were placed ; in short, men who ruled for 
 the good of the whole, and not for a particular cabal. 
 
 CIVIL LIST OF THE PROVINCE. 
 
 sterling, per annum. 
 
 Lieutenant Governor, _ _ - ^3,500 
 
 Chief Justice, _ _ - - 950 
 
 Commissioner of Crown Lands and Forests, 1,750 
 
 Provincial Secretary, _ - - 1,430 
 
 Three Puisne Judges — .£650 each, - 1,950 
 
 Attorney General, _ - - - 550 
 
 Solicitor General, _ _ - - 200 
 
 Private Secretary to the Governor, - 200 
 
 Auditor, 300 
 
 Receiver General, - - - - 300 
 
 In-door establishment of Crown Land Office, 909 
 
 King’s College, - - - _ 1000 
 
 Presbyterian Minister, - - - JOO 
 
 Emigrant Agent, St. John, - - - 100 
 
 Annuity to the late Surveyor General, - 150 
 
 Indians, 5^ 
 
 Total, £13,393 
 
 The amount secured to Government by the Civil List Bill 
 is £14,000, leaving an excess of £607 sterling, applica- 
 ble to oljier purposes. 
 
 In reviewing this List, it may not be irrelevant to notice 
 the great disparity in the salaries of the different officers of 
 Government. Those of the Commissioner of Crown Lands 
 and Forests and of the Proviucial Secretary being nearly dou- 
 ble that of the Chief Justice, whose station at the head of 
 the Judiciary of the Province points him out as superior 
 to all other officers under the Governor, and however im- 
 
60 
 
 portant the oflice of Secretary or Commissioner may be, the 
 Chief Justice still appears to be entitled to the second rank 
 in the Government. Should this be admitted, and supposing 
 his salary sufficient to support him in the affluence and inde- 
 pendence which his office demands, it should be made the 
 maximum, and no other salary except that of the Administra- 
 tor of the Government should be allowed to equal, much less 
 to exceed it. Perhaps it would be well that the salary of no 
 other officer in the Province should exceed six hundred 
 pounds, the sums being all reckoned in sterling money. — 
 Another great discrepancy in the foregoing list is that the 
 salary of the Auditor or any such officer, requiring but very 
 common qualifications, and not the closest application, should 
 be not much less than the pay of the Vice President of the 
 College, whose office requires an expensive and first-rate edu- 
 cation, with unremitting and laborious attention — or that such 
 officers should receive double the pay of Clergj^men who have 
 constant and onerous duties to perform. In short, salaries 
 should always bear a just proportion to the qualifications re- 
 quired and the services perfoi’med. No needless births should 
 be created ; the machinery of Government should be kept as 
 simple as possible. The duties of the public officers should 
 as far as possible be particularly defined, and the remunera- 
 tion apportioned accordingly. The receiving a yearly sala- 
 ry for the performance of certain duties, and afterwards ex- 
 acting fees for almost every service rendered, should be un- ~ 
 known in the counti’y ; — but every person holding and exe- 
 cuting the duties of an office really required, should be fairly 
 remunerated and no more, which would do much to prevent 
 favoritism and corruption in the country. If instead of ac- 
 cumulating situations on some individuals they were more di- 
 vided, the public would be better served, and men would not 
 be so far lifted above their fellows, as to be negligent of their 
 duties. It would also make provision for many deserving 
 persons whose former expectations in life may have been 
 blighted by causes beyond their controul — such as reduced 
 officers, unfortunate merchants, and the various classes of per- 
 sons who are to be found in all countries, whose exertions and 
 expectations have been withered, and who from their educa- 
 tion and habits are w'ell qualified to fill the various civil sta- 
 tions. Offices of emolument, producing from one to two 
 hundred pounds per annum, bestowed on such persons, with 
 the wreck of their former income, would go lar to make the 
 evening of their life comfortable. There are also in all coun- 
 tries a number of infirm reduced, but deserving persons, well 
 
6l 
 
 qualified to fill the inferior, but essential stations in the various 
 departments of the Province. If such individuals were con- 
 sidered in the disposal of small offices, many worthy men and 
 old soldiers might be provided for. To such the sum of fifty 
 pounds would be a great object, and the public would be bet- 
 ter served, as they would have leisure to attend to the minu- 
 tae of their office far better than those overgrown favorites, 
 who have office added to office, with enormous emoluments, 
 till they nearly lose sight of the duties attached to them. It 
 would be soon found that one of those deserving men before 
 noticed, would be content and willing to give closer atten- 
 tion to the duties of his office for the small sum of fifty pounds, 
 than one of those exclusives for five times that amount ; as 
 the rate of services are usually enhanced, according to the 
 rate of patronage bestowed. 
 
 Subjoined is a list of the Administrators of the Government 
 of New-Brunswick from the separation of the Province from 
 Nova-Scotia to the present time ; and also a table of Parlia- 
 mentary Polity and Representation, compiled by Mr. Wed- 
 derburn : 
 
ADMINISTRATION OF THE GOVERNMENT OF THE PROVINCE OF NEW-BRUNSWICK, 
 
 NAME. 
 
 TITLE. 
 
 P 
 
 CRIOD OF ADMINISTRATION. 
 
 Died in 
 the Gor’f. 
 
 Thomas Carleton, Esquire, 
 
 Ditto, ... 
 
 (iabriel G. Ludlow, Esquire, 
 
 Edward Winslow, Esquire, 
 
 Major General Martin Hunter, 
 
 Lieutenant Colonel George Johnstone, - 
 Major General Martin Hunter, - • 
 
 Major General William Balfour, 
 
 Major General Martin Hunter, - 
 Major Genera I George Stracey Smyth, - 
 Major General Sir Thomas Saumarez, - 
 Major General George Stracey Smyth, 
 liioutonant Colonel Harris W. Hailes, 
 
 Major General George Stracey Smyth, 
 
 Ward Chipmau, Esquire, 
 
 .lohn Murray Bliss, Esquire, 
 
 Major General Sir Howard Douglas, BartJ 
 William Black, Esquire, 
 
 Major Gen. Sir Archib.ald Campbell, Bt. G.C.B. 
 Major Geu. Sir John Harvey, K. C. H. & C. B. 
 
 Captain General and Governor-in-Chief, 
 Lieutenant Governor, 
 
 C President of His Majesty’s Council, > 
 I and Comniander-in^Chicf, 5 
 do. 
 do. 
 do. 
 do. 
 do. 
 do. 
 
 President and Commander-In-Chief, 
 do. 
 do. 
 do. 
 
 Lieut. Governor and Commander-in-Chief, 
 President and Commaiider-in-Chief, 
 do. 
 
 Lieut. Governor and Commandor-in-Chief, 
 President and Commander-in- Chief, 
 
 Lieut. Governor and Commander-in-Chief. 
 do. 
 
 rrom JOtii August, 17S4, 
 30tb October, 1786, 
 
 5lh October, 1803, 
 
 20th February 1808, 
 24ib May, 1808, 
 17ih Dec. 1808, 
 28ih April, 1809, 
 lllb Sept. 1811, 
 14lh Nov. 1811, 
 15ih June, 1812, 
 17th August, 1813, 
 14th August, 1814, 
 25th June, 1816, 
 1st July, 1817, 
 1st April, 1823, 
 21 St February, 1824, 
 28i,h August, 1824, 
 30ih March, 1829, 
 9th Sept. 1831, 
 Now administering the Gov 
 
 10 zyin Uctoher, l/bo 
 to 4ih October, 1803 
 
 to 12ih Feb’ry, 1808 
 
 to 23d May, ISOS 
 to 16ih Dec. 1808 
 to 27ih April, 1809 
 to lOih Sept. 1811 
 to 13ih Nov. 1811 
 to 14ih June, 1812 
 to 16ih August, 1813 
 to August, 1814 
 to 24(h June, 1816 
 to 30ih June, 1817 
 to 27th March, 1823 
 to 9lh Feb’ry, 1824 
 to 27ih August, 1824 
 to 29ili March, 1829 
 to 8ili Sept. 1831 
 to 1st May, 1837 
 t. from the above dale. 
 
 Died. 
 
 Died. 
 
 Died. 
 
63 
 
 PARLIAMENTARY POLITY AND REPRESENTATION, 
 
 His Excellency the Lieutenant Governor is Her Majesty’s > ^ 
 
 Representative in the Lejrislature, 5 
 
 Legislative Council, composed of the Hon. the Chief Justice 
 
 and fifteen others, appointed hy the Queen; and 16 
 The House of Assembly, of thirty-two Members, chosen by 
 
 the People. — Average cost, £3500 per annum. 32 
 
 —49 
 
 N. B. — In administrative affairs, the Governor has an Execu- 
 tive Council, consisting (in 1837) of eleven members. 
 
 On iho 16ih of August, 1784, Thomas Carlelon, Esquire, was appointed to tho 
 Government of the Colony, and on the subsequent ISih day of May, 1785, Royal Let- 
 ters Patent, under the Groat Seal of the Province, were granted for ascertaining and 
 confirming the boundaries of the several Counties within the same, and for subdivi- 
 ding them into Towns and Parishes — 25ih George the 3tl — accordingly the Constitu- 
 tional Parliament \vas summoned, and on the ninth day of January, 1786 — and 26th 
 of the same Monarch — the first General Assembly began and was holden in the City 
 of Saint John; thereby rendering the Session of 1836 the Fiftieth, or Jubilee of Le- 
 gislative existence of the Province. The fullowing are the numbers and dates of 
 the succeeding Assemblies and Sessions. 
 
 FIRST ASSEMBLT. 
 
 1st 
 
 Session- 
 
 -began 
 
 *9ih 
 
 January, 
 
 1786 — holden at Saint John. 
 
 2d 
 
 do. 
 
 (C 
 
 13th 
 
 February, 
 
 1787 
 
 ditto. 
 
 3d 
 
 do. 
 
 (C 
 
 15th 
 
 July, 
 
 1788 
 
 at Fredericton. 
 
 4lli 
 
 do. 
 
 f< 
 
 6ih 
 
 October, 
 
 1789 “ 
 
 ditto. 
 
 5ih 
 
 do. 
 
 <« 
 
 1st 
 
 February, 
 
 1791 
 
 ditto. 
 
 6tli 
 
 do. 
 
 cc 
 
 14ih 
 
 February, 
 
 1792 
 
 ditto. 
 
 
 
 
 SECOND ASSEMBLY. 
 
 
 1st 
 
 Session- 
 
 -began 
 
 12th 
 
 February, 
 
 1793— holden at Fredericton. 
 
 2d 
 
 do. 
 
 (< 
 
 4th 
 
 February, 
 
 1794 
 
 ditto. 
 
 3J 
 
 do. 
 
 it 
 
 3J 
 
 Februaryj 
 
 1795 “ 
 
 ditto. 
 
 
 
 
 THIRD ASSEMBLY. 
 
 
 1st 
 
 Session- 
 
 — began 
 
 9ih 
 
 Feb’ry, 
 
 1796 — holden at Fredericton. 
 
 2d 
 
 do. 
 
 <( 
 
 17th 
 
 January, 
 
 1797 
 
 ditto. 
 
 3d 
 
 do. 
 
 If 
 
 16th 
 
 Feb’ry, 
 
 1798 “ 
 
 ditto. 
 
 4ih 
 
 do. 
 
 (I 
 
 15ih 
 
 J anuary, 
 
 1799 “ 
 
 ditto. 
 
 5th 
 
 do. 
 
 <c 
 
 20ih 
 
 January, 
 
 1801 
 
 ditto. 
 
 6ih 
 
 do. 
 
 (C 
 
 26ih 
 
 January, 
 
 1802 
 
 ditto. 
 
 
 
 
 FOURTH ASSEMBLY. 
 
 
 1st 
 
 Session- 
 
 —began 
 
 9th 
 
 Feb’ry, 
 
 1803 — holden at Fredericton. 
 
 2d 
 
 do. 
 
 (C 
 
 29ih 
 
 January, 
 
 1805 
 
 ditto. 
 
 3d 
 
 do. 
 
 (( 
 
 27(h 
 
 January, 
 
 1807 “ 
 
 ditto. 
 
 4th 
 
 do. 
 
 %i 
 
 5ih 
 
 July, 
 
 1803 
 
 ditto* 
 
 * There appears a difference of date between the Journals of the Council and the 
 Law Books, as to the precise day; ilje former recording the Ninth — the latter, the 
 Third of January. 
 
FIFTH ASSEMBLY— 50//t GeO, 3d, 
 
 1st 
 
 Sopsion— -began 
 
 27ih 
 
 .Tnnnary, 
 
 1810 — holden at Fredericton. 
 
 2d 
 
 do. “ 
 
 1st 
 
 Feb’iy, 
 
 1812 
 
 ditto. 
 
 3d 
 
 do. “ 
 
 12th 
 
 January, 
 
 1813 
 
 ditto. 
 
 4th 
 
 do. “ 
 
 11th 
 
 January, 
 
 1814 “ 
 
 ditto. 
 
 5ili 
 
 do. “ 
 
 llth 
 
 January, 
 
 1816 
 
 ditto. 
 
 
 
 sixth'assembly. 
 
 
 Isl 
 
 Session — began 
 
 4>h 
 
 Febr’y, 
 
 1817— holden at Fredericton, 
 
 2d 
 
 do. “ 
 
 20th 
 
 January, 
 
 1818 “ 
 
 ditto. 
 
 3d 
 
 do, “ 
 
 2d 
 
 Feb’ry, 
 
 1819 ** 
 
 ditto. 
 
 
 
 SEVENTH ASSEMBLY. 
 
 
 1st 
 
 Session— began 
 
 2d 
 
 February, 
 
 1820— holden at Fredericton. 
 
 Dissolved by the death of George the Third, 
 
 EIGHTH ASSEMBLY — 2d Gco, Mh, 
 
 1st 
 
 Session— began 
 
 SOih 
 
 January, 
 
 1821- 
 
 -holden at Fredericton. 
 
 2d 
 
 do. “ 
 
 6tii 
 
 Feb’ry, 
 
 1822 
 
 (( 
 
 ditto. 
 
 3d 
 
 do. “ 
 
 5th 
 
 Feb’ry, 
 
 1823 
 
 (t 
 
 ditto. 
 
 4ih 
 
 do. “ 
 
 21st 
 
 January, 
 
 1824 
 
 «( 
 
 ditto. 
 
 5ih 
 
 do. “ 
 
 1st 
 
 Feb’ry, 
 
 1825 
 
 (( 
 
 ditto. 
 
 6th 
 
 do. “ 
 
 19(h 
 
 January, 
 
 1826 
 
 it 
 
 ditto. 
 
 7ih 
 
 do. “ 
 
 8ih 
 
 Feb’ry, 
 
 1827 
 
 (( 
 
 ditto. 
 
 
 
 NINTH ASSEMBLY. 
 
 
 
 Ist 
 
 Session— began 
 
 Mih 
 
 February, 
 
 1828- 
 
 •holden at Fredericton. 
 
 2d 
 
 do. “ 
 
 9th 
 
 December, 
 
 1S29 
 
 (C 
 
 d.tto. 
 
 Dissolved by the death of George the Fourth, 
 
 TENTH ASSEMBLY — 15^ TFm. 4:th, 
 
 1st 
 
 Session- 
 
 -began 
 
 7ih 
 
 February, 
 
 1831— holden at Fredericton. 
 
 2d 
 
 do. 
 
 (( 
 
 19(h 
 
 January, 
 
 1832 •• 
 
 ditto. 
 
 3d 
 
 do. 
 
 (( 
 
 3d 
 
 May, 
 
 1832 “ 
 
 ditto. 
 
 4ih 
 
 do. 
 
 (c 
 
 29ih 
 
 January, 
 
 1833 «' 
 
 ditto. 
 
 5ib 
 
 do. 
 
 <( 
 
 3d 
 
 February, 
 
 1834 “ 
 
 ditto. 
 
 
 
 
 ELEVENTH ASSEMBLY. 
 
 
 1st 
 
 Session- 
 
 ■began 
 
 20lh 
 
 January, 
 
 1835— holden at Fredericton. 
 
 2J 
 
 do, 
 
 (( 
 
 ]5ih 
 
 June, 
 
 1835 “ 
 
 ditto. 
 
 3d 
 
 do. 
 
 (C 
 
 20ih 
 
 January, 
 
 1836— Prorogued March 16. 
 
 4th 
 
 do. 
 
 l< 
 
 29 ih 
 
 December, 
 
 1836 
 
 March 1. 
 
 5ih 
 
 do. 
 
 << 
 
 6th 
 
 July, 
 
 1837 “ 
 
 July 29. 
 
 Dissolved by the death of William the Fourth, 
 
 TWELFTH ASSEMBLY — \st J^ictoria. 
 
 1st Session — began 28ili December, 1837— prorogued March 9, 1838— bolden at 
 
 Fredericton. 
 
 In 1833, the House of Assembly appointed two Delegates to represent subjects of 
 interest to His Majesty’s Government— (Charles Simonds, and Edward B. Chand- 
 ler, Esquires,)— and on the 7ih day of March, 1836, the House deemed it expedient 
 to nominate another Delegation — (William Crane, and L. A. Wilmot, Esquires), 
 for the samo purpose. The latter Gentlemen were again sent to England as Dele- 
 gates in February, 1837, to give explanation in regard to the Bill providing for the 
 Civil Government of the Provinco. 
 
65 
 
 The Revenue of ihe Province for ilie last four years was 
 as follows : 
 
 In 1834. ^45,220 
 
 « 1835 60,316 
 
 « 1836 58,664. 
 
 « 1837 51,988 
 
 Amount of King’s Casual Revenue (so called), arising from 
 sale of Crown Lands, in 1835, ^46,000, exclusive of the pro- 
 ceeds of timber licenses, &c. the amount of which has never 
 been published. Amount 1830, not aseertained. 
 
 The total amount of revenue surrendered by the Crown 
 to the Provincial Legislature, and the sources from whence 
 they are derived, according to Mr. Street’s statement to Lord 
 Glenelg, in his communication to that nobleman of the 23d 
 March, 1837, are as follow: 
 
 Amount deposited in the Provincial Banks at 3^ 
 per cent, interest, payable at any time on six months’ 
 
 notice, ^£29,000 
 
 Amount on loan to the St. John Bridge Compa- 
 ny, at 6 per cent, interest, payable 1st of January, 
 
 1838 — if required, ...... 6,000 
 
 Amount already paid by the Land Company in 
 part of their purchase, with the accumulation of in- 
 terest thereon, 66,000 
 
 Amount of unpaid instalments on other lands sold 
 in the Province, part of which are now due, and the 
 remainder will become due on the 31st Dec. 1837, 44,795 
 
 Amount of ditto ditto, which will become due on 
 the 31st December, 1838, 25,429 
 
 Total,. ..^171,224 
 
 Note. — The Bill providing for the Civil Government of the Pro- 
 vince, styled, by way of ominence, the Great Question, was carried 
 through the different branches of the Legislature, and finally recei- 
 ved the Governor’s assent on the 17th of July, 1837. The event 
 was celebrated in Frederieton by splendid bonfires and other demon- 
 strations of joy. 
 
 There are a great number of Towns rising up in different 
 parts of the Province, which will be noticed in the course ol 
 this work. The principal of these are Saint John, Frede- 
 ricton, and Saint Andrews, which, from their importance, 
 claim a more particular description, and will form the sub- 
 ject of the next chapter. 
 
 I 
 
CHAP. VI.. 
 
 CHIEF TOWNS. 
 
 Saint John. — Fredericton. — Saint Andrews. — Rail Road. 
 
 Saint John, the only incorpornted City in the Province, 
 is situated in the County of that name, on a rocky peninsula 
 at the estuary of the River Saint John, in North latidude 45° 
 15' — longitude 66° 3', West. 
 
 This is the most important and wealthy towm in New-Bruns- 
 wick, and may well be called the Neao- York of the Province. 
 The trade of this City, considering its age, is immense, and 
 rapidly increasing, and from the excellence of its harbour, ac- 
 cessible at all seasons of the year, and the enterprise of its 
 merchants, it will soon attain and hold a high rank among 
 the first trading cities of America. It is now the emporium 
 of New-Brunswick. 
 
 The harbour is convenient and safe, and is capable of con- 
 taining a great number of vessels of the largest class. Par- 
 tridge Island lies at the entrance, on wdiich there is a Light 
 House and Signal Station, where signals are carefully attend- 
 ed to, and made on the first approach of vessels. There are 
 also a Pest House and other conveniences for the comfort of 
 invalid Emigrants, w’ho on arriving off the harbour, are fre- 
 quently obliged, by order of the Sanitary Board, to land 
 thereon for the purpose of effectual recovery prior to their 
 proceeding to the City. Within the Island there is a Bar 
 which extends from the Western side and passes the lower 
 point of the peninsula on which the City stands. It has a 
 Beacon on the outer end, and in its neighbourhood buoys are 
 fixed for the purpose of directing vessels going or coming. — 
 The Bar is dry at ebb tide, but irithin the harbour, there is 
 sufficient water for the largest ships. The tide ebbs and 
 flows from sixteen to twenty-four feet perpendicular in the 
 harbour. A pier or Breakwater has been constructed at the 
 extremity of the City, called Low'er Cove, for the pi'otection 
 of the Shipping. 
 
Saint John canics on a brisk trade with Europe, tlx; West 
 Indies and the United States. The trade ol' the Port extends 
 to Alrica, South America, and all other parts of the world 
 wherever her merchants can drive a trade, as they arc not re- 
 stricted by the Home Government, While the Ports along 
 the Gulf Shore are frozen up, and the mighty St. Lawrence 
 locked up in ice, thereby sealing up the Canadian Harbours 
 for more than half the year, the Port of Saiut John continues 
 crowded with shipping. Such is the activity of its merchants 
 that they continue their shipping business throughout the 
 year. Late in the winter they are fitting out and loading 
 their ships, and early in the spring receiving their return 
 cargoes. Even in the severest season of the winter, their 
 ships arc entering or leaving the port, and there are few days 
 sufficiently cold to put a stop to the customary labours. Tjie 
 great store of lumber and other articles always on hand and 
 daily arriving enables the merchants to furnish abundant car- 
 goes, with the least possible delay. 
 
 Ship-building forms a considerable branch of trade, and is 
 prosecuted by the merchants of Saint John with great spii it. 
 Many vessels ai‘e built in Nova-Scotia on their account. In- 
 deed the chief of the trade of the best part of that Province, 
 bordering on the Basin of Minas and tlie Annapolis River 
 centres at St. John, and most of the Ship-building in those 
 parts is on account of merchants belonging to that Port, who 
 thereby create a trade for themselves and furnish employment 
 for their neighbours. Some idea of this branch of trade may 
 be formed from the number of Vessels registered at that port 
 yearly. In 1836 there were 75 Vessels, measuring 28,010 
 tons, built by merchants of that place, besides 6 vesssels regis- 
 tering 1669 tons, built by them and sent to England under 
 certilicates, making together nearly tvocniy-Jive thousand tons of 
 Shipping built in Saint John in one year ; being more than 
 one-fifth part as much as was built in the United States 
 in the same year, and on an average as much ns was built in 
 five States, or very nearly so, in that period. 
 
 The number of vessels belonging to the Port of Saint John 
 on the 31st December, 1836, according to the Custom House 
 returns was forty-one Ships, thirty-eight Barques, thirty-nine 
 Brigs, eleven Brigantines, one hundred and ninety Schooners, 
 eight Steamers, and eighty-three River vessels, making a total 
 o\ four hundred and ten vessels, measuring sixty-nine thousand 
 sevzn hundred and sixty-six 'Ions, and navigated by t'xo thou- 
 sand eight hundred and seventy-nine Men, The total num- 
 ber of vessels entered at Saiut John and the Out Bays in 1836 
 
68 
 
 was 2519, measuring 289,127 tons, navigated by 13,685 men. 
 Total amount of Imports during the same period ^1,186,173 
 Sterling; the Exports .^655,709 Sterling, as will fully ap- 
 pear by the tables under the article Trade. St. John has al- 
 so an excellent Fishery, which is common to the Freemen 
 and Widows of Freemen, by whom the berths are drawn for 
 annually, on payment of one shilling each. The draft usu- 
 ally takes place in the month of January. The privilege 
 of the first choice of the fishing lots is generally sold to the 
 fishermen by the person obtaining it, for from ,^40 to S^. 
 The numbers up to about one hundred gradually decrease in 
 value : the others are not saleable. 
 
 The City of Saint John comprehends both sides of the 
 Harbour, — the district on the Eastern side, formerly called 
 the Township of Parr, and that on the Western side, called 
 Carleton. It is divided into six Wards, — two of which are in 
 Carleton, and four in St. John, properly so called. Being an 
 incorporated City, its internal Police is under the government 
 of a Mayor, Recorder and six Aldermen, with an equal num- 
 ber of Assistants, under the style of “the Mayor, Aldermen, 
 and Commonalty of the City of Saint John.” The other Of- 
 ficers are a Sheriff and Coroner, (who likewise act for the 
 County of Saint John,) a Common Clerk, a Chamberlain, 
 High Constable, six inferior Constables, and two Marshals. 
 The City Revenues under the controul of the Corporation 
 amount to about .^5000, annually, besides a large property 
 not yet leased. Saint John, as far as its situation will ad- 
 mit, is laid out in squares, the streets intersecting one ano- 
 ther at right angles ; it is well built up, and contains se- 
 veral blocks of lofty houses, many of which are of stone and 
 brick. The old low w'ooden houses are fast disappearing, 
 and in the same proportion the City is improving in appear- 
 ance. There are a number of substantial Wharves crowded 
 with lofty Stores and Ware-houses. These Wharves form a 
 number of good Slips, where Ships of the largest class lie and 
 discharge. Every facility is provided in this place to expe- 
 dite the Shipping business, and vessels now discharge a hea- 
 vy cargo, take in their loads, and get ready for sea within a 
 fortnight. A few years ago it usually took from six to eight 
 weeks to do the same. 
 
 Saint John suffered a heavy loss by a destructive fire 
 which broke out on the 14th of January, 1837, and consumed 
 one hundred and fifteen houses and stores most of them being 
 of the latter description, and among the best in the place. 
 By this calamity more than a third of the business part of the 
 
6 \) 
 
 city containing buildings and properly to tlie amount of about 
 ^'250,000, was swej)t away. It is, however, fast rising from 
 its ruins with many important improvements. 
 
 The principal Public Buildings in the City on the East- 
 ern side of the harbour are two Episcopal Churches ; two 
 Presbyterian Churches — one of which is built of brick ; one 
 Catholic, one Wesleyan-Methodist, one Baptist, one Co- 
 venanters’, and one Christian Chapel; a Grammar School; 
 a Madras School House, of brick, and one of wood ; a Me- 
 thodist Sunday School House ; a spacious and handsome stone 
 Court House ; a Jail ; Poor House ; Cholera and Marine 
 Hospitals ; a stone building for the Mayor’s Office, and the 
 offices of other public functionaries of the City and County ; 
 the Bank of New-Brunswick of stone ; the City and British 
 North American Banks, of brick ; two Markets, with two 
 substantial ranges of stone and wooden Barracks, and other 
 Military buildings. A spacious brick edifice, intended for a 
 Market House, is now erecting by the Corporation in the 
 Market Square, in place of the building formerly used as a 
 Court House, Common Council Chamber, butchers’ market, 
 &c. ; but as the public carts and coaches, to the number of one 
 hundred and fifty, congregate in the square, and as seven of 
 the principal thoroughfares diverge from it, a strong feeling 
 exists among the citizens against a building of such large di- 
 mensions as the one now in progress, being erected there — 
 many, indeed, incline to the opinion, that it would have added 
 to the public health and convenience, if the square had been 
 kept entirely clear, and another site selected for the building. 
 Two Squares are reserved for public purposes : one, called 
 King’s Square, is situated at the head of King Sti'eet, and 
 commands a fine view of the town and harbour ; the other, 
 called Queen’s Square, is situated in Duke’s Wai’d ; it is a 
 pleasant healthy spot, but not much improved. As the junc- 
 tion of Saint John and Carleton as one city, seems at variance 
 with the natural features of the place, I shall refer the reader 
 for the description of the latter place to the description of the 
 County of Saint John, where it seems most properly to be- 
 long. 
 
 Saint John contains a vast number of Public Institutions 
 and Associations for Commercial, Religious and Benevolent 
 purposes, among which are : — Four Incorporated Banks — ■ 
 the Bank of New-Brunswick, capital ^£50,000 ; the Com- 
 mercial Bank of New-Brunswick, capital .^150,000; the 
 City Bank, capital ^100,000 ; and a Branch of the Bank 
 of British North Auicrica, — whose capital is .^1,000,000, 
 
70 
 
 Sterling ; a Savings’ Bank, for depositing the sniall savings 
 of the poor; a Fire Insurance Company, capital j£50,000; 
 a Marine Assurance Company, capital ^£50,000; a Mining 
 Company, cajntal ^20,000 ; Bridge Company, capital 
 ^£20,000 ; Mechanics’ Whale Fishing Company, capital 
 j£50,000 ; Water Company, capital ^‘20,000 ; Saint John 
 Mills and Canal Company, capital ^37,000 ; Stage Coach 
 Company, capital ^25,000; Saint John Mills and Manufac- 
 turing Company, capital s£20,000 ; a Chamber of Commerce ; 
 with the following Humane and Religious Associations: — A 
 Bible Society; a branch of the Society for promoting Christian 
 Knowledge ; Saint John Sunday School Union Society ; 
 Saint John Religious Tract Society; Saint George’s Society; 
 Saint Patrick’s Society ; Saint Andrew’s Society ; Albion 
 Union Society; British American Society; Orphan Benevo- 
 lent Society ; Friendly Sons of Erin Society ; Temperance 
 Society ; Abstinence Society; a Female Benevolent Society ; 
 a Branch of the Wesleyan Missionary Society ; with sevei’al 
 other literary, benevolent and friendly associations. 
 
 There are a Society Library and a Circulating Library in 
 the City; a Vaccine Establishment; a Marine Hospital ; an 
 Agent for Emigrants; and six Printing Establishments. 
 
 The Public Seminaries are the Central Madras School ; a 
 Grammar School, with a number of Sunday and other schools. 
 
 The Committee of the Chamber of Commerce of this City, 
 in their repoit for 1837, among other important matters, no- 
 tice the appointment of Committees for reporting on the fol- 
 lowing subjects, viz : — the propriety of their having a Charter 
 of Incorporation, similar to those in Glasgow, Greenock, and 
 other towns in Great-Britain, to enable them, if they see fit, 
 to erect and hold a Building for a Chamber of Commerce, 
 &c. ; the probable expense of a Railway between Shediac and 
 a Port in the Bay of Fundy ; the expediency of urging on by 
 another petition a new survey of the Bay of Fundy; and the 
 adoption of such means ns may be likely to result in the es- 
 tablishment of an Hospital for poor Mariners belonging to 
 the Province, who are worn out and left in destitute circum- 
 stances, and for the establishment of a School for the educa- 
 tion of their children. This shews the just views which that 
 body entertains of the importance of ameliorating the condi- 
 tion and elevating the character of a class of men, on whose 
 intelligence, zeal and fidelity so much depends. It likewise 
 points out the watchful care of the Chamber cf Commerce 
 over the welfare of the City and the vital interests of the 
 Province. 
 
FREDERICTON, 
 
 The Seat ol Government and Capital of New-Bi unswick, i:-! 
 situated in the County of York, on the right bank. of the river 
 Saint John, about eighty-five miles above its junction with 
 the Bay of Fundy. It is the shire-town of the County, and 
 is the second place in size and importance in the Province. 
 
 Fredericton is built on an extensive plain, encircled with 
 a range of high land in the rear, which rises from the river 
 at the lower extremity of the plain, and closes in to the river 
 above, leaving a level space of nearly four miles long, and a 
 mile broad in the widest part. The river forms a beautiful 
 curve around this plain, and near the centre of the town, at 
 what was formerly called St. Ann’s Point, there is a fine 
 view of the river Nashwaak, which falls into the Saint John, 
 directly opposite that place. The high ground or hills 
 which surround the town form a beautiful inclined plane, 
 well adapted for buildings and other improvements, and on 
 which several public and private buildings are already erected. 
 
 The town is laid out in squares of eighteen lots, contain- 
 ing one quarter of an acre each. The streets intersect each 
 other at right angles. Those that run parallel with the river 
 are more than a mile in length, and in parts well built up. 
 The houses are chiefly of wood, and of different heights ; 
 there are, however, several fine brick and stone buildings in 
 different parts of the town. This place suffered severely 
 from the fires which raged in the Province in 1825. The 
 Government House was burnt down in September, and near- 
 ly one-third of the towm on the memorable Tth of October. 
 It has, however, risen from its ruins improved in appearance. 
 
 The public buildirrgs in Fredericton are nine in number 
 Government House, for the residence of the Lieutenant- 
 Governor or Commander-in-Chief of the Province. This 
 is a spacious sombre edifice, rather contracted in the main 
 entrance, and wanting a cornice. The site of the building is 
 excellent, being near the upper extremity of the town, on a 
 commanding point of the river. It has a fine garden and a 
 block of land attached, susceptible of great improvement. 
 
 King’s College, situated on the acclivity of the hill in rear 
 of the town, about one mile from the river, is no doubt the 
 finest structure in the Province. It is one hundred and se- 
 venty-one feet long, and one hundred and fifty-nine feet wide, 
 with projections. It has a massive cornice with pediments, 
 and is a beautiful specimen of architecture. The principal 
 materials used in this building are the dark grey stones found 
 
near its site. Tlicsc are tastefully combined so as to form a 
 beautiful variegated wall, particularly in the front, where the 
 builder has given scope to his fancy with the happiest effect. 
 The building consists of n basement and two lofty stories ; it 
 contains twenty rooms for students, one chapel, two lecture 
 rooms, besides accommodation for the Vice Presidents and 
 Professors, — in all, forty-two rooms in the two main stories. 
 In the other stories are accommodations for attendants, ser- 
 vants, and all other purposes requisite for a College of the 
 highest class, which this is intended to be. 
 
 The situation of the College is healthy, and commands a 
 fine view of the town, with the adjacent country. To the 
 eastward there is a full view of the river and the surround- 
 ing country as far as the Oromocto. To the westward is a 
 fine view of the highlands that shut out the river : and in the 
 front lies Fredericton with its buildings and its gardens, in- 
 termingled with its trees, &c. with the majestic St. John wind- 
 ing along its front; while on the opposite bank there is a full 
 view of the rivers Nashwaak and Nashwaaksis, mingling their 
 waters with the St. John, and in the distance a boundless fo- 
 rest of trees of various shades and hues. But the nature of 
 this work is too confined to allow any thing more than a faint 
 sketch of this noble structure. 
 
 On the same range of highlands on which the College 
 stands, and a short distance from it is a substantial stone 
 building, appropriated for the accommodation of the poor ; 
 and a few rods farther down the hill stands a building, con- 
 structed for a cholera hospital, but which, through the Divine 
 goodness has never yet been wanted for that purpose. 
 
 The reader will observe that the buildings just described arc 
 on the outskirts of the town ; those following are in it. En- 
 tering from the Cholera Hospital, the first buildings that at- 
 tract the observer’s notice, are the Scotch Church and Bap- 
 tist Seminary. The latter is a beautiful showy building, sixty 
 feet long, and thirty-five feet wide. It consists of a basement 
 story of fine cut stone, and two lofty stories of wood, with a 
 clock story, cupola, ball, and vane. It is well finished, and 
 contains accommodations for fifty pupils of both sexes ; a lec- 
 ture room, chapel, and other suitable offices for literary pur- 
 poses, with apartments for the Pi'incipal, and accommodations 
 for the several attendants, servants, &c. with kitchens and 
 conveniences to accommodate such of the pupils as may de- 
 sire it with board and lodging in the Seminary. 
 
 This building has a juvenile, lively, appearance, and is the 
 lightest and most cheerful looking structure in the town ; and 
 
73 
 
 being situated in an open pleasant part of Fredericton, if ig 
 an ornament to the place. 
 
 The Province Hall is situated in the centre of the town, if 
 is a wooden building, but having been erected when the Pro- 
 vince was in its infancy, and the revenue small, it cannot claim 
 much distinction at present. On either wing stands a low 
 stone building, one being the office of the Secretary of the 
 Province, and the other the office of the Commissioner of 
 Crown Lands and Forests. Two other small buildings com- 
 plete the group.- 
 
 The other public buildings are an Episcopal and Scotch 
 Church, a Catholic, Baptist, and Methodist Chapel — the lat- 
 ter having a lofty steeple, finished in a neat chaste style. — ^ 
 Two stone banking houses, a market, including a court house, 
 a grammar and Madras school house, a tank house and jail, 
 two ranges of barracks, with store houses, hospital, and other 
 military buildings, and accommodations for a battalion of 
 Foot, and a company of Royal Artillery. 
 
 Fredericton contains two printing offices and a public libra- 
 ry, with the following Joint Stock Companies — Central Bank 
 of New-Brunswick, capital ^€50,000; Bank of Fredericton, 
 capital ^50,000 ; Central Fire Insurance Company, capital 
 ^ 50,000 ; Nashwaaksis Manufacturing Company, capital 
 ^€50,000 ; Woodstock and Fredericton Stage Company ; 
 Fredericton Mill Company, ^40,000 — with liberty to enlarge 
 to 00,000 ; Nashwaak Mill Company. 
 
 The associations for religious, humane, and benevolent pur- 
 poses, are : — A Branch of the Society for Promoting Chris- 
 tian Knowledge ; the Bible Association of Fredericton and 
 its vicinity ; a Branch of the Wesleyan Missionary Society ; 
 Temperance and Abstinence Society ; St. George’s, St. An- 
 drew’s, and St. Patrick’s Society ; with a Saving’s Bank ;• 
 Church Society of the Archdeaconry of New-Brunswick — 
 with several other benevolent, fi’iendly and literary associa-*- 
 tions. 
 
 The public seminaries in Fredericton, which may be styled 
 the Athens of New-Brunswick, are : — King’s College ; the 
 Baptist Seminary ; Grammar and Madras Schools j with a- 
 number of Sunday and other schools. 
 
 Probably there are fewer finer situations for a town, than 
 the site on which Fredericton is built. A noble river in front, 
 with hills of gentle acclivity in the rear, possessing elegant 
 sites for seats and buildings in comnianding situations. Blest 
 with abundance of the purest water, and a soil peculiarly fa- 
 vorable for gardens and other rural improvements, with a fine 
 
 j 
 
74 
 
 and healthy atmosphere. Being built at the head of sloop 
 navigation, it is the main depot for goods from the sea-board. 
 The river in front of the town is nearly three-fourths of a 
 mile wide; sloops and vessels from sixty to seventy tons bur- 
 then come from the sea-board to this place deeply laden, 
 there being a sufficient depth of water, except at the dryest 
 season of the year, when there is some difficulty in passing 
 the shoals at the Ororaocto. Notwithstanding this impedi- 
 ment steamboats and vessels of various descriptions are con- 
 tinually plying between this town and Saint John : the inter- 
 course and trade between those places being very great and 
 constant, indeed, the connexion in trade and interest be- 
 tween the two places is so close that they appear mutually to 
 depend on, and support each other. And although to a stran- 
 ger, Fredericton appears to be a very quiet, retired place, 
 without any of the bustle and noise that enliven a seaport, 
 still it is a great trading town. Its merchants are largely en- 
 gaged in the lumbering and milling business, and furnish an- 
 nually a large portion of the lumber that is shipped at Saint 
 John. Fredericton is surrounded by a fine country, the river 
 St. John extends upwards of four hundred miles above it, and 
 with its numerous rivers and streams, offers inexhaustible sour- 
 ces of trade and wealth. For nearly two hundred miles along 
 its banks it is covered with improved farms, and almost a con- 
 tinuous chain of settlements, in a country highly favourable 
 to agriculture. 
 
 Fredericton was formed by Governor Carleton in 1785, 
 shortly after the separation of the Province from Nova-Scotia, 
 its central situation having pointed it out as the most eligible 
 place for the seat of government. The wisdom of this selec- 
 tion will be evident to any pei’son acquainted with the Pro- 
 vince, and with the adjoining colonies. From this place, as 
 from a centre, roads diverge to the different parts of the Pro- 
 vince, which are of easier access from this place than from 
 any other point whatever — the principal places, such as St. 
 Andrews, St. John, Fort Cumberland, Chatham, Bathurst, 
 and Madawaska, lying in a broken circle round it. 
 
 As a military position it is unequalled, as from the conti- 
 guity of the difierent important parts of the Province, they 
 could be sooner succoured from this place than any other. — 
 It also forms a connecting link between the Atlantic colonies 
 and Canada; and is a safe and convenient place for form- 
 ing magazines, and equipping troops on their route from the 
 seaboard to Quebec. The importance of this place for those 
 purposes was well realised during the last war, and should 
 
75 
 
 not soon be lost sight of. The river St. John seems to have 
 been the old and usual route of the French and Indians in 
 passing from Canada to Nova-Scotia and New-England, long 
 before New-Brunswick was settled ; and Fredericton and the 
 villages near it, no doubt, were among the principal Indian 
 stations, long before the country was known to the French 
 and English. According to Douglas, this was the most di- 
 rect route from New-England to Canada, and was taken by 
 Ool. Livingstone and the Baron Castine in the year 1710, 
 when they went in great haste to acquaint the Governor Ge- 
 neral that Acadia had fallen into the hands of the British. 
 
 The natural advantages Fredericton possesses from its cen- 
 tral position become every year more apparent, and it is only 
 to be wished that the time is not far distant, when her inha- 
 bitants will avail themselves of those facilities afforded by the 
 proximity of waterpower, to establish manufactories and ma- 
 chinery. Indeed, a spirit of enterprise appears to be rapidly 
 spreading in tiiat town, which cannot fail, if properly direct- 
 ed, to produce the most beneficial results. 
 
 As Fredericton from its low situation appears to be liable 
 to inundation from high freshets in the Spring, and as there 
 is an old tradition that the plain on which the town stands 
 was swept by a great ice freshet a few years before the loyal- 
 ists came to the country — it may be interesting to future ge- 
 nerations to state that a partial inundation took place on the 
 11th of April, 1831, occasioned by an ice jamb below Mill 
 Creek, by which all the lower part of the town and the front 
 street was laid under water, which came up above the Bap- 
 tist Chapel in King-street, leaving but a small part of the 
 buildings dry in the front and lower streets. A small park 
 on the margin of the river was denuded of its railings ; — no 
 serious damage, however, was sustained. The town from 
 the adjoining heights appeared like a low island, with the 
 buildings partly submerged, and the river in front piled with 
 threatening masses of ice. The jamb broke while the water 
 was rapidly gaining on the town, and in a few hours the river 
 resumed its usual current. 
 
 Fredericton not being incorporated, most of its internal 
 police is managed by the General Sessions of the Peace for 
 the County. At this Court the appointment of most of the 
 Parish officers are made, — the amount of taxes ordered to 
 be levied for town and county purposes, and such other regu- 
 lations made as are from time to time necessary for the well 
 being of the place. But it must be observed that the govern- 
 ment of the towns in this Province, with the exception of St. 
 
76 
 
 John is not sufficiently popular. While the people boast of 
 belonging to a nation possessing a high degree of freedom, 
 they in fact have less share in the government than the inha- 
 bitants of what are called despotic countries j — for even in 
 Prussia the people have a greater share in the internal go- 
 vernment of their towns than we have in New-Brunswick — 
 most of the parish officers in the several towns of that king- 
 dom being chosen by the people, while in the towns in this 
 Province, with the exception of Church Wardens, the peo- 
 ple have no voice in the choice of any of these officers. The 
 Court, as was before observed, appoint some of them, and the 
 Governor the remainder. Without wishing to trench on the 
 Royal prerogative in the person of the Governor, it may be 
 asked, who is the best judge of the qualifications and fitness 
 of the several persons required to fill the different stations in 
 the internal police of a town, the people who have grown up 
 with it, or a Governor who is a total stranger to it ? — or why 
 should the Sovereign’s representative have the burthen of fil- 
 ling up all public stations, from the highest officer even to a 
 fire-warden or a member of the Board of Health ? It is well 
 known, indeed, that a Governor cannot knoAv who are the 
 proper persons for those offices himself, but must depend on 
 the recommendation of one or tw’o persons who engross his 
 confidence, and who by that means in fact have always the 
 nomination of their favorites, and may be said to govern the 
 country. This fact being admitted, the government of our 
 towns may be said to be in the hands of an oligarchy — the very 
 worst kind of government. 
 
 Should it be asked how this arbitrary system w'as ever allow- 
 ed to take root in the province, the answer is easy ; when the 
 country was first settled, and towns began to be formed, the 
 settlers being old soldiers, or men connected with the several 
 departments of government, and consequently poor and de- 
 pendent, were too much in the power of the favoured few, who 
 held the higher civil and military employments, to have any 
 will of their own, and consequently could not resist or break 
 the chain of militax-y despotism that was bound around them. 
 Hence arose the state above described. The times, however, 
 are now altered : the towms are filled with men of enterprise 
 and independence, and more free maxims of government 
 may soon be expected to prevail. 
 
 It may not be improper likewise to observe in this place, 
 that when towns become densely settled and advanced in 
 trade, wealth, and importance, they should be entitled to a 
 particular share ia the representation distinct from the Coun- 
 
77 
 
 lies to which they belong, like the towns in Great-Britain 
 and even in Nova-Scotia. On this principle Fredericton and 
 St. Andrews may justly claim one or more members to re- 
 present them in the Provincial Parliament, and so also may 
 the other towns when they arrive to a certain degree of im- 
 portance. And to complete the plan, the right of franchise 
 should be extended to all persons long settled in the towns, 
 who may not be freeholders, but who carry on business on 
 their own account, and possess property to a certain amount. 
 For it is an anomaly in regard to privileges that a worthless 
 drunkard should be allowed a vote and to influence an election 
 because he happens tQ.hold a mere trifling freehold of no use 
 to himself, and a nuisance to the public; while the man 
 who is extensively engaged in business, pays a good propor- 
 tion of taxes, and contributes to the w'ealth and prosperity of 
 the town, should be excluded. 
 
 In sight from Fredericton, near the confluence of the Nash- 
 waaksis with the St. John, is the establishment of the Nash- 
 waaksis Manufacturing Company, known by the name of the 
 Albion Works, which, although not within the limits of the 
 Parish, is so near to it, that it may be considered as an appen- 
 dage to that town. 
 
 This Company is incorporated, with a capital of .sSSOjOOO, 
 with liberty to increase its stock to .^100,000. It is divided 
 into two thousand shares of £25 each ; it contemplates an im- 
 mediate outlay of .£21,000 for the erection of works, to con- 
 sist of an extensive brewery, cooperage, &c. ; mills for sawing 
 planks, boai'ds, deals, &c. wdth circular saws for cutting 
 laths, scantling, &c. ; a grist mill and oat-crushing mill ; a 
 foundry and smithy, with a manufactory for turning and bo- 
 ring all kinds of iron work from the smallest dimensions to a 
 thirty-two pounder, and also for fitting up all kinds of steam 
 machinery, together with extensive wharves, locks, ponds, 
 and other conveniences for receiving, containing, and ship- 
 ping their productions. 
 
 The works already erected are a brewery, &c. capable of 
 brewing 400,000 gallons annually ; mills for grinding, and 
 also for crushing oats ; a smithy, and the manufactory for 
 turning, &c. which comprises a powerful and most complete 
 self-acting and other lathes of the very best construction, ca- 
 pable of turning and boring all kinds of work, up to the cy- 
 linder of a forty horse power engine ; the whole being 
 driven by a steam engine of the most perfect construction. — 
 This part of the establishment, as far as concerns the machi- 
 nery, cannot be excelled, the xnachiiies being finished speci- 
 
78 
 
 mens of excellent workmanship. Tlie Company are actively 
 engaged in completing their works, which, judging from 
 the ability of the Directors, will be a credit to the Province, 
 and, it is to be hoped, a source of profit to the spirited pro- 
 prietors. They have a store in Fredericton connected with 
 the establishment, and expect to complete their works in the 
 spring of 1838. 
 
 SAINT ANDREWS 
 
 Is the shire-town of the County of Charlotte, and may well 
 rank as the third town in the Province, having been among 
 the first places in the Bay of Fundy that prosecuted the fish- 
 ing and milling business in the infancy of our trade. 
 
 It is the frontier town of New-Brunswick, and lies nearly 
 opposite Kobbinstown in the State of Maine, on a peninsula 
 or narrow strip of land near the St. Croix river, and front- 
 ing Passamaquoddy Bay. 
 
 The town is handsomely laid out in small squares, having 
 some fine lengthy streets parallel with the water, which are 
 intersected with cross streets at right angles. The front 
 part of the town is a level plain, which soon swells into high 
 commanding ground that overlooks the harbour and the ad- 
 jacent country, and from whence the view is very beautiful. 
 
 Saint Andrews is a free port, and has a good harbour, but 
 the trade has fallen off very much of late. Formerly it was 
 a great shipping port, and most of the business of the county 
 centred there, but of late the trade has been diverted to Saint 
 Stephen’s, Magaguadavic, and other places which have grown 
 up in the county, and Saint Andrews has at present but a 
 small share of the business of the great trading county of 
 which it is the metropolis. It is very conveniently situated 
 for the fishery. A number of fine islands lie round the har- 
 bour, and the water's abound with cod, haddock, pollock and 
 other fish, and there is every facility for prosecuting the fish- 
 ery to advantage. Its principal trade, however, consists in 
 lumber, both squared and sawed ; but the exports are yearly 
 diminishing. The harbour is far inferior to that of Saint 
 John, and it is in some years obstructed with ice in the winter. 
 
 Saint Andrews being among the first towns built in the 
 Province, has a number of institutions for promoting the 
 commercial and moral interests of the place ; among which 
 are a Chamber of Commerce ; the Chai’lotte County Bank, 
 with a capital of ^15,000; a Savings’ Bank; an Agricultu- 
 ral Society ; a Bible Society ; a Saint Patrick’s Society ; a 
 
79 
 
 Temperance Society ; also a Grammar School, and a Print- 
 ing Office. 
 
 Saint Andrews is considerably w'ell built up, and contains a 
 number of handsome houses and seats, which being kept in the 
 best order, make a fine appearance. The public edifices are 
 an Episcopal and a Presbyterian Church, a Methodist Cha- 
 pel, a Court House, Jail, and Record Office, with Barracks 
 and other Government buildings. This town, on the whole, 
 is neat and healthy ; but its trade, as was before observed, 
 appears to be dwindling away without any satisfactory pros- 
 pect of a revival. 
 
 Rail Road. — As the Saint Andrews and Quebec Rail- 
 road Association originated in this town, and as its chief 
 supporters belong to Saint Andrews and the County of 
 Charlotte, it will naturally be expected that some notice 
 should be taken of that stupendous project in this place. 
 
 This association consists of a number of persons belonging 
 to Charlotte and other places, who are incorporated, and 
 styled “ The Saint Andrews and Quebec Rail-road Com- 
 pany,” with a proposed capital of ^750,000, for the purpose 
 of constructing a Rail-road between the two places, a distance 
 of more than 270 miles through an unsettled wilderness. 
 The projected line of road has been surveyed, and runs near- 
 ly as follows : — After leaving Saint Andrews it continues in 
 a pretty straight line until it approaches within a short dis- 
 tance of the right bank of the river Saint John, between the 
 Parish of Woodstock and Houlton Plantation ; from thence 
 it proceeds with an easy curve till it reaches the valley of the 
 Restook, and continues, with several deviations to avoid un- 
 suitable ground, until it arrives at the Saint Lawrence, near 
 Quebec. The estimated cost of the road is stated in round 
 numbers at One Million curreney. The sum of ^81 0,000 
 was obtained from Government in 1836, which has already 
 been expended in exploring the projected route. 
 
 The writer does not wish to intrude an opinion on this 
 undertaking, but will only offer a few simple calculations, to 
 shew how necessary it is to look to the end in such matters. 
 According to American engineers, who have some experience 
 in such things, after a rail-road is fully completed and in 
 operation, the annual cost to keep it in good order is stated 
 at about <£600 per mile. Now allowing this to be near the 
 truth for such roads in the United States, it would cost full 
 as much, if not more, to keep them in the same good repair 
 in this cold country. But granting that it would only cost 
 
80 
 
 .^'500 per mile, and tlie road with its windings to be 380 
 miles in length, it would require .^14'0,000 annually for re- 
 pairs only, without counting any of the other great expenses, 
 or the interest on the first cost. Now as the expense would 
 be certain, can any person point out a mode by which even 
 the sum for repairs could be certainly realised yearly? — 
 Again — suppose such a road should even be finished and of- 
 fered to a company as a free gift, on condition that they 
 should keep it in repair and operation, would any prudent 
 persons of limited means be willing to accept the offer, or be 
 willing CO take stock in the company on such conditions? — 
 Another consideration should also be kept in view : if capi- 
 talists from the mother country or elsewhere should be indu- 
 ced by specious statements to join in such an undertaking 
 and the scheme prove abortive, would it not prevent such 
 persons at another time from vesting money in any practica- 
 ble enterprise that might hereafter be projected, and thereby 
 retard the future prosperity of the Province. 
 
 The other considerable places in the Province are Ba- 
 thurst, Chatham, Newcastle, Dalhousie, Saint Stephen’s^ 
 Saint George, Shediac, Richibucto, Dorchester, &c. ; all of 
 which will be briefly noticed in the description of the several 
 Counties in which they are situated. 
 
CHAP. VII. 
 
 TRADE. 
 
 Brief History of the Trade of the Province since its first settlement 
 to the close of the year 1836, loith Custom House Returns, §*c. 
 
 In treating of the trade of this Province, it must be obser- 
 ved that when the Loyalists came to this country in 1783, 
 there were but few persons of wealth among them, and none 
 that might be called capitalists, who could afford to invest 
 much property in a trade that was attended with many ca- 
 sualties, aud req^uired a long time for a return. This, no 
 doubt, prevented undertakings in different branches of busi- 
 ness at the first settlement of the country, that might have 
 been prosecuted at that period with great advantage, as the 
 West India Islands were at that time particularly restricted 
 to colonial products by the Home Governmentj often to the 
 great damage of the former, which had been directed by (he 
 British Government to look to Canada and Nova-Scotia 
 (which included New-Brunswick) for supplies of provisions 
 and lumber which they had been accustomed to receive from 
 the old, but now lost Colonies. Had there been at the first 
 occupation of the country sufficient capital employed in pro- 
 secuting the fisheries, and in erecting mills, building vessels, 
 and procuring lumber and articles of different kinds, for 
 which the materials were abundant in the country, as well &$ 
 a great sufficiency of men to carry on the different branches 
 of business, from the great number of disbanded soldiers, re- 
 fugees, and others, who had come to the country, and who 
 would no doubt have remained in it, had labour been provided 
 for them ; there is no doubt a flourishing trade would soon 
 have sprung up, and the expectations of the mother country 
 been in part realised. But this was not the case; the first 
 settlers, however enterprising, were not rich, and the country 
 was wild. Every thing was as it were to be created, and the 
 monopoly of abundant markets was of little avail to persons 
 who had but little to sell. From these causes the commence- 
 ment of the trade in the Province was small at first, and of 
 slow growth for a number of years; and although there w'as 
 
 K 
 
82 
 
 no want of enterprise, means were wanted. The settlers at 
 St. John soon commenced a small trade with the West In- 
 dies in such articles of lumber and fish as their limited means 
 at that time enabled them to procure. Vessels were also built, 
 and in a few years the port of Saint John had a respectable 
 trade, not only with the West Indies, but also with the Uni- 
 ted States. Efforts to prosecute the fisheries were also made 
 at other ports in the Province, and the trade gradually in- 
 creased not only in the amount, but in the variety of its ex- 
 ports. At the period of which I am now treating, the export 
 trade to Great Britain was very small. A few ships were oc- 
 casionally built, and sent home to sell, or else built on ac- 
 count of British merchants, and sent home as remittances ; 
 masts and spars were also shipped to a considerable amount 
 annually ; furs also at this period formed a respectable item 
 in the home payments ; — but the principal source from which 
 payment for British goods was derived for a number of years 
 after the country was settled, was the large sums annually 
 drawn by reduced officers and other pensioners settled in the 
 Province, and by the sums expended by government and the 
 military. It would be unjust not to notice in this brief sketch 
 of our trade, that the Province, as a token of respect and gra- 
 titude to Lord Sheffield, for his continued, though mistaken 
 efforts, to advance the interests of the Colonies, by giving 
 them an exclusive privilege to the West India markets, pro- 
 cured a full length portrait of his Lordship which was placed 
 in the Province Hall for a number of years. The period 
 when our trade with the mother country assumed a new and 
 important character may be referred to the year 1808, when 
 the shipping of squared pine and other timber commenced. 
 
 The Continental system enforced by France in 1806, and 
 the American non-intercourse Acts in 1807, with the critical 
 state of Europe at that time, either subject to the domination 
 of France, or subservient to the views and dictates of its ruler, 
 opened the eyes of the British nation to the danger of trust- 
 ing to foreigners for a supply of articles of the first necessity, 
 when by proper encouragement, they could at all times be 
 obtained from their own Colonies. Tlie result was the revi- 
 val of the Colonial system of Great-Britain, by which she 
 frustrated the designs of France and America, and opened a 
 wide field for the enterprise and industry of her North Ame- 
 rican Dependencies. From these causes, the trade just allu- 
 ded to, in a great measure took its rise. This, which is now 
 denominated the timber trade, went on rapidly increasing for 
 a number of years, and is still among the heaviest items in 
 
83 
 
 our list of exports. Ship building is another very jjrbduetive 
 source of our export trade to the mother country. Deals also 
 form an important item of our exports, and although this 
 branch of our trade has risen up within a few j’ears, its pro- 
 gress has been rapid, and from the great amount of capital 
 at present employed in erecting mills, it bids fair to become 
 one of the main sources of our wealth, converting our im- 
 mense forests of spruce into inexhaustible articles of com- 
 merce. A new source of trade has lately been opened in the 
 Province by establishing a Whale Fishing Company at Saint 
 John, for the purpose of prosecuting the South Sea whale 
 fishery. This may in a tew years make a great addition to 
 the exports from the Province, and it is not easy to set bounds 
 to its increase. The fisheries are so extensive and various 
 that there is no limiting their production ; they are the hid- 
 den treasures of the deep, and only want to be sought dili- 
 gently to repay bountifully ; — they are among the natural 
 sources of wealth possessed by the Province, which cannot 
 he too much fostered and improved. The first attempt at 
 the Whaling business in the Province was made in 1832, 
 w'hen a vessel was fitted out at Saint John, by Mr. Charles 
 C. Stewart. This was supposed to be chiefly an American 
 concern. Since that period, several fine ships have been 
 employed in the whale fishery by merchants of Saint John, 
 and of Charlotte County, which have given pretty general 
 satisfaction to the owners. At present, there are six ves- 
 sels employed in the trade from Saint John — three of which 
 have been fitted out by Mr. Stewart, and three by the Me- 
 chanics’ Whale Fishing Company. The latter contemplate 
 an extension of their operations. It is also proposed to car- 
 ry on the trade from Saint Stephen by a joint stock company. 
 A Mining Company has been formed at Saint John for the 
 purpose of w’orking the coal fields on the Grand Lake, and 
 prosecuting other mining operations. This Company may 
 ere long contribute some valuable items to the catalogue of 
 our exports, as the province is no doubt rich in minerals. — 
 Indeed, so various are the sources from which our trade may 
 be augmented, that it is hard to conceive the extent of its 
 progress ; perhaps in a few' years articles unthought of and 
 almost unknown at present may rank among our staple ex- 
 ports. 
 
 I shall now' proceed to give a concise statement of the prin- 
 cipal exports of the Provitice, w'ith the sources from whence 
 they are derived, and the prospect of possessing some of those 
 for a long period. Our main exports at present consist of 
 
84 ' 
 
 liie products oCthe forests, or our wood trade, among which 
 squared pine timber holds the first place. This article, which 
 is commonly called ton timber, is shipped to Great-Britain, 
 and forms a great item in the remittances from this Province 
 to the Parent State. 
 
 Birch Timber also forms a considerable article of our trade, 
 but, with the exception of the largest sizes, there is not such 
 a steady demand for it ; it is, however, used in shipbuilding, 
 and is very abundant in the country. 
 
 Next to squared Timber, Deals are the most important ar- 
 ticle of exportation, and bid fair soon to exceed all others. 
 From the great quantity of excellent Spruce in the Province, 
 the great facility of water power, and the number of mills 
 erecting in various parts of the country, there is reason to 
 expect that the Deal trade will soon be the staple trade of the 
 Province ; for while the Pine Timber trade is falling off for 
 want of material, the Deal trade is increasing. There are at 
 present nearly four hundred Saw Mills in operation, cutting 
 Deals, Boards, See. ; and from the great amount of capital 
 and enterprise engaged in this branch of wood manufacture, 
 the number of mills is weekly augmenting, and the increasing 
 trade in sawed Timber will more than supply the deficiency 
 of the decreasing trade in Pine ton Timber; while the mate- 
 rial and supply for this branch of trade, can, by proper ma- 
 nagement, be reproduced and rendered almost perpetual. — 
 The Spruce, from which the Deals are chiefly manufactured, 
 is found in most parts of the Province, and in great abun- 
 dance ; and when one growth is cut off, another will succeed. 
 It is a well known fact that wherever the forests have once 
 been stripped of their timber and are left uncultivated, they 
 are soon covered with a young growth of bushes of various 
 kinds. Where fire lias raged, this is particularly the case. 
 Different kinds of trees will often spring up from what for- 
 merly stood on the land, but there will always be a great 
 proportion of White Birch and Spruce, particularly of the 
 latter, which in some districts will stand so close as to render 
 the woods almost impervious after they have attained the size 
 of pickets. Now supposing the Spruce to grow from a sprout 
 to the size of a good mill log in forty years, it only requires 
 attention always to have a certain portion of the country al- 
 lotted to the production of this Timber so as to ensure a 
 supply in succession. The supply could easily be rendered 
 certain to a great extent, by allowing the waste districts 
 where this timber abounds, as well as the districts about 
 mills, or a great part of them, to remain for the growth of 
 
85 
 
 Spruce, and always while the present growth ol' timber was 
 cutting off, to leave the young trees and shoots as much as 
 possible uninjured, and to remove all encumbrances as far as 
 circumstances would allow. By these means, and by always 
 cutting only the large trees from year to year and preserving 
 the small growth, a supply for a long time may be ensured. 
 It is allowed that the soft kind of wood on the Hudson river 
 will grow from the plant to the size of a man’s body in twenty 
 years. If so, the time stated above is fully long enough to 
 accomplish the purpose required. INIany other means of re- 
 producing our limber material will readily present themselves 
 to all reflecting persons who have paid any attention to na- 
 ture’s reproductive powers. These few remarks on the 
 Spruce have been made to show those who think that because 
 the Pine is fast disappearing, the trade of the Province must 
 sink with it. As w'as before observed, articles will be found 
 or produced in the country, from which sources of trade will 
 be derived that are at present unthought of. We are now 
 merely working on the surface of the earth, while its future 
 w’ealth and sources of trade are hid from our eyes. 
 
 The other articles in the wood trade are Masts, Spars, 
 Lathwood, &c. which are shipped to Great-Britain, with 
 Shijjping to a large amount ; and Boards, Planks, Shingles, 
 Staves, &c. to the West Indies. 
 
 Next to the wood trade are the Fisheries. The sources 
 for this trade are a sea coast of nearly five hundred miles for 
 a home fishery, and a boundless range in the Oriental and 
 other distant Seas. The produce of the home fishei-y is 
 partly consumed in the country, and the remainder exported 
 to the West Indies. The produce of the Whale fishery is 
 exported to Great Britain. 
 
 The articles that corajiose the smaller parts of the exports 
 are Furs, Grindstones, Gypsum, and a number of other com- 
 modities of no great value : part of which are shipped to the 
 United States. 
 
 The trade of New-Brunswick is as free as that of the Uni- 
 ted Kingdom to which she belongs. The ports of this Pro- 
 vince as well as those of all the North American Colonies 
 were thrown open to all nations by the Imperial Parliament 
 in 1825, so that the merchants are on the same footing in 
 regard to trade as those of Great-Britain. There is no re- 
 striction — the whole world being open to them. But al- 
 though this is the case, they find the British trade the most 
 advantageous. Indeed their trade to all other parts of the 
 world is but small when compared to th® home trade. There 
 
86 
 
 Iras been, however, a constafit interconse and a heavy trade 
 with the United States for bread stuffs, &c. ; but this trade 
 of necessity, wliich has taken away a great part of the specie 
 that came into the country, is now being diverted into other 
 channels. The importations of provisions from the Canadas 
 are increasing, while large quantities of flour are now manu- 
 factured in the Province from wheat imported from Britain 
 and elsewhere. — The home trade and that with the Colonies 
 are carried on principally with the products of our forests 
 and fisheries, and supply the country in return with ail kinds 
 of British manufactures and Colonial produce, as well as 
 large amounts in specie. 
 
 The British markets, as has been before observed, have al- 
 ways been found, and probably will long continue, the most 
 advantageous to the Colonists. The trade, in short, is like a 
 home trade, and as it is the most natural, so it is the most 
 beneficial to both parties, and should therefore be fostered 
 before all others. It is exclusively a British trade, carried 
 on in British vessels, and manned by British seamen. It is 
 indeed, that great link in the political chain which binds the 
 offspring to the parent stock. The trade in wood with the 
 Mother Country will no doubt long continue, and although 
 temporary checks w'ill often occur, still it will as often revive, 
 for the wants are mutual. The widely extended British 
 trade will always require wood ; and the Colonies, in their 
 turn, will long require British goods and productions. 
 
 A great change is silently taking place in the trade of the 
 Province by the great extension of the Banking system — 
 which, while it facilitates the operations of trade, is also a 
 great drawback to the nett profits of the productive classes, 
 and it may be well worthy of enquiry w-hich way the sum of 
 nearly .^40, 000, which is now paid annually by the merchants 
 and other trading classes for accommodation, is to be real- 
 ized, together with a living and fair remuneration ; and whe- 
 , ther the high interest and large sums that are at present paid 
 for carrying on our trade will not prove a heavy drawback 
 to it. For although Banks to a certain extent may facilitate 
 the operations of trade, still the real advancement of a coun- 
 try depends on its productive sources of w’ealth ; on the im- 
 provement of its agriculture in the first place; on its fisheries ; 
 its forests anti minerals. The man w'ho by an improvement 
 in agriculture increases the productions of the earth, or w ho 
 developes and gives a new value to the natural productions 
 of a country, may be truly said to point out the surest path 
 to its trade and wealth. 
 
All Account of the Staple Articles the produce of New-Briniswick, exported from the Port of Saint John and its 
 Out-Bays, in the year ended 5th January, 1837 ; made up by the Officers of the Customs, and laid before the 
 Provincial Leeislature. 
 
 PLACES. 
 
 Timber, 
 
 Deals 
 
 Boards, 
 
 Shin.'' 
 
 Staves. 
 
 Masts 
 
 and 
 
 Spars. 
 
 Small 
 
 Poles. 
 
 Hand- 
 
 Spikes. 
 
 Oars. 
 
 Bath' 
 
 wood. 
 
 Tree- 
 
 nails. 
 
 Oats. 
 
 Sahnon. 
 
 Mackerel. 
 
 Codfish} Shad^ 
 
 pickled. 1 
 
 salted. 
 
 Pickled. 
 
 Smoked. 
 
 
 
 M. sup. ft. 
 
 McJs. 
 
 Picres. 
 
 No. 
 
 No. 
 
 pjecH?. 
 
 Pieces. 
 
 Cor cl 4. 
 
 Pieces. 
 
 Bushels 
 
 Barrels. 
 
 Ki(». 
 
 No. 
 
 Barrels. KiU. 
 
 Ban els. 
 
 'Barrels. 
 
 K it e. 
 
 Saint John, 
 
 92,573 
 
 S8,42li 
 
 2145 
 
 633,594 
 
 1736 
 
 4933 
 
 836 
 
 3560 
 
 1023 
 
 1 1 ,050 
 
 8 
 
 30 
 
 4650 
 
 6944 
 
 1881 424 
 
 
 737 
 
 909 
 
 ]\lirninichi, 
 
 49,449 
 
 7,739 
 
 673 
 
 17,974 
 
 824 
 
 
 528 
 
 927 
 
 1099 
 
 • % • 
 
 
 499 
 
 
 f 
 
 ... 
 
 
 
 
 Dalhoiisie, 
 
 32,945 
 
 322 
 
 40 
 
 75,000 
 
 192 
 
 
 100 
 
 248 
 
 641 
 
 • • • 
 
 
 330 
 
 ... 
 
 ... 
 
 ... 
 
 
 
 
 Hichibuclo, 
 
 25,267 
 
 4,742 
 
 125 
 
 43,800 
 
 456 
 
 
 90 
 
 388 
 
 6264 
 
 
 
 ... 
 
 . .. 
 
 ... 
 
 ... 
 
 
 
 
 Dorchester, 
 
 2,316 
 
 20U 
 
 
 11,099 
 
 6 
 
 
 ... 
 
 ... 
 
 .394 
 
 
 
 
 
 ... 
 
 ... 
 
 
 
 
 Daihurst, 
 
 16,549 
 
 162i 
 
 • ■ « 
 
 3,000 
 
 324 
 
 
 48 
 
 124 
 
 3664 
 
 
 
 132 
 
 
 20 
 
 15 
 
 
 
 
 Curraquei, 
 
 ... 
 
 ... 
 
 ... 
 
 
 
 
 ... 
 
 ... 
 
 
 
 
 23 
 
 ... 
 
 ... 
 
 ... 
 
 156 
 
 
 
 
 219,099 
 
 4C.6SS 
 
 2983 
 
 784,467 
 
 3537 
 
 4953 I 
 
 1602 
 
 5247 
 
 37954 : 11.050 
 
 8 ' 
 
 1014 
 
 4650 
 
 6964 
 
 1896 424 ' 
 
 156 
 
 737 
 
 909 
 
 E X P 0 R TS IN 1 33C-CO NTINUE D. 
 
 PLACES. 
 
 Cod, 
 
 dried. 
 
 Cod~ 
 
 Tongues 
 
 Sounds. 
 
 Herrings, 
 Balled, jsmok’d 
 
 1 
 
 |Oj/5fcr5. 
 
 1 
 
 I Other 
 Ipickrd 
 Fish. 
 
 Fish 
 
 Oil. 
 
 Gpp.. 
 
 sum. 
 
 Grind- 
 
 stones. 
 
 i‘ 
 
 Pota 
 
 toes. 
 
 
 Coals. 
 
 Cattle 
 
 Horns 
 
 Lime- 
 
 stone. 
 
 Bricks. 
 
 jy/iah- 
 
 honc. 
 
 Butler 
 
 and 
 
 Cheese. 
 
 Laihwood. 
 
 
 Quinin !'> 
 
 13 1'ls JC it 
 
 Brl.s. Kii.o. 
 
 I BoXP.e. 
 
 Bush eh. 
 
 Dili. 
 
 GnlloU'i, 
 
 Tons. 
 
 Toi'S. 
 
 llhds 
 
 Budicli 
 
 PV. 
 
 ChnI. 
 
 No. 
 
 Ton<. 
 
 Nn, 
 
 C\vt. 
 
 pounds. 
 
 
 Saint Joltn, 
 
 12,702 
 
 1 ‘ 467 
 
 8,451 290 
 
 6880 
 
 
 - 
 
 77,013 
 
 1015 
 
 256 
 
 805 
 
 767 
 
 14 
 
 12 
 
 4400 
 
 90 
 
 39,000 
 
 54 
 
 9296 
 
 10 51. Laths. 
 
 Miramichi, 
 
 3610 
 
 
 8,629 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 - 
 
 — 
 
 •• 
 
 
 
 
 “ 
 
 
 - 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — ‘ 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 Dalhouaie, 
 
 1600 
 
 — 
 
 235 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 - 
 
 
 •• 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 — 
 
 
 — 
 
 
 — 
 
 Hichibuclo, 
 
 ... 
 
 — 
 
 300 
 
 — 
 
 . . — 
 
 - 
 
 
 •• 
 
 
 A 
 
 
 
 
 
 “ 
 
 — 
 
 
 
 — 
 
 Dorchester, 
 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 - 
 
 
 •• 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Haihurst, 
 
 1592 
 
 4 
 
 135 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 - 
 
 
 •• 
 
 
 
 
 ' ' 
 
 
 “ 
 
 
 *“ 
 
 
 
 
 Carraquet, 
 
 80391 & 12 kegs 
 
 40 
 
 — 
 
 2612 
 
 7 
 
 922 
 
 •* 
 
 
 
 
 
 "" 
 
 “ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 27.543 6 12 467.' 
 
 17,790 290 
 
 5880 
 
 2612 
 
 7 
 
 77,935 
 
 1015 
 
 256 
 
 809 
 
 767 
 
 15 
 
 12 
 
 4400 
 
 90 
 
 39,000 
 
 54 
 
 1 9296 
 
 10 M. Laths. 
 
88 
 
 VALUE OF IMPORTS AND EXPORTS. 
 
 TolftI esiimatecJ value of Imports at Saint Jo^n and its Out- 
 
 Bays in the year 1836, - - - - XI, 135,473 Sterling* 
 
 Ditto (into ditto in 1825, - 902,136 
 
 Increase, X283,337 
 
 Total estimated value of Exports in the year 1836, - X555,709 Sterling. 
 
 Ditto ditto ditto in 1835, - - 557,657 
 
 Decrease, X 1,946 
 
 Return of tlio number of Vessels entered inwards and cleared out- 
 wards at the Port of Saint John and its Out-Bays, in the year end- 
 ed 5th January, 1837, with their tonnage, and the total number of 
 men employed in their navigation. 
 
 
 INWARDS. 
 
 
 OUTWARDS. 
 
 
 
 Vessels, 
 
 Tons. 
 
 Men. 
 
 Vessels. 
 
 Tons. 
 
 Men* 
 
 Great-Britain, 
 
 467 
 
 142,396 
 
 
 605 
 
 193,724 
 
 
 British Colonies, 
 
 1773 
 
 100,220 
 
 
 1638 
 
 89,380 
 
 
 United States, 
 
 292 
 
 43 225 
 
 
 141 
 
 14,488 
 
 
 Foreign States, 
 
 17 
 
 3,789 
 
 
 5 
 
 535 
 
 
 Total in 1836, 
 
 2549 
 
 289,610 
 
 14.091 
 
 2389 
 
 298,127 
 
 322,200 
 
 13,685 
 
 Ditto in 1835, 
 
 2467 
 
 293,993 
 
 14.467 
 
 2261 
 
 14,556 
 
 Difference, 
 
 , 1S2 
 
 10,383 
 
 376 
 
 128 
 
 34,073 
 
 871 
 
 Employed in the Trade Coastwise from the 
 
 Port of Saint John in the year 1S36, - 856 V'es^eU, 53,474 Tons, 2558 Men. 
 Ditto ditto ditto ' in 1835, - 714 ‘‘ 46,004 “ 2065 ‘‘ 
 
 Increase, 142 Vessels, 7,470 Tons, 493 Men« 
 
 Cleared at St. John for the Fisheries in 1836, 37 Vessels, 1396 Tons, IIS Mon. 
 
 Ditto ditto ditto in 1835, 47 “ 2023 “ 159 “ 
 
 Decrease, 10 Vessels, 627 Tons, 41 Men. 
 
 Number of Vessels on the records of Registry at the Port of Saint John on the 31st 
 December, 1836: — 11 Ships; 88 Barques; 39 Brigs; 11 Brigantines; 190 Schoo- 
 ners; 8 Steamers; 83 River Craft. 
 
 Total at Sf. John, 410 Vessels, admeasuring 69,766 Tons, navigated by 2S79 Men. 
 Do. at Miramichi, 59 “ “ 7,064 “ •« 386 “ 
 
 Total, 469 Vessels, admeasuring 76,830 Tons, navigated by 3265 Men. 
 
 New Vessels registered at Saint John in 1836, 
 Do. built for owners in the United Kingdom, 
 Do. registered ul Miramichi, . . . 
 
 75— adnaeasuring 23,010 Tons. 
 6 1,669 “ 
 
 8 3,147 « 
 
 Total in 1S36, 8.9 Vessels, 
 
 Ditto in 1835, 82 << 
 
 27,826 Tons, 
 21,408 “ 
 
 Increase, 7 Vessels. 6,418 Tons. 
 
 E M I G iTaT I O N. 
 
 Total number of Emigrants arrived at St. John and its Out-Bays in 1S36, - 58S6 
 Ditto Ditto ditto in 1835, - 3232 
 
 % 
 
 Increase, 2654 
 

 An Account of the Staple Articles the produce of New-Brunswick and its Fisheries, exported from the Port of 
 Saint Andrews and its Out-Bays, in the year ended 5th January, 1837 ; made up by the Officers of the Cus- 
 toms, and laid before the Provincial Legislature. 
 
 PLACES. 
 
 to 
 
 
 Clap- 
 
 hoa/^ds. 
 
 
 Laths. 
 
 Lain- 
 
 ft 
 
 l^Uingles. 
 
 Staves 
 
 and 
 
 o O 
 
 Boards fy 
 
 Deals. 
 
 O 
 
 A 
 
 Tim- 
 
 Berf 
 
 and 
 
 Pork. 
 
 
 Fish. 
 
 ^3 
 
 Cn 
 
 Oi 
 
 2 
 
 
 spikes. 
 
 wood. 
 
 CO 
 
 
 Heading 
 
 
 Blank. 
 
 'S 
 
 C« 
 
 ber. 
 
 Dried 
 
 Fkld. 
 
 Sinkd. 
 
 P 
 
 ‘S' 
 
 Saint Andrews, 
 
 M. 
 
 49 
 
 CAsks 
 
 No. 
 
 21,600 
 
 Cord. 
 
 G 
 
 Piecei. 
 
 585 
 
 No. 
 
 1,442,760 
 
 Cortl.s. 
 
 491 
 
 No. 
 
 2175 
 
 No. 
 
 5,816,697 
 
 pieces. 
 
 33,728 
 
 No. 
 
 2200 
 
 I'eel. 
 
 10,965,730 
 
 F pet. 
 
 13,421,031 
 
 No. 
 
 302 
 
 Ton*. 
 
 13,394 
 
 Brh. 
 
 42 
 
 Qtls. 
 
 1512 
 
 Dlls. 
 
 840 
 
 Boxes. 
 
 161 
 
 Csk 
 
 7 
 
 - 
 
 Magaguadavic, 
 
 - 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 1,000 
 
 4G| 
 
 108 
 
 85,000 
 
 12,000 
 
 — 
 
 324,011 
 
 1,236,668 
 
 - 
 
 985 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 - 
 
 14 
 
 Saint Stephen, 
 
 8 
 
 5 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 52,000 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 4,924,200 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 2.856,944 
 
 — 
 
 - 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 81 
 
 10 
 
 — 
 
 
 - 
 
 Welch Pool, 
 (Campo Bello.) 
 
 - 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 _ 1 
 
 — 
 
 18 
 
 2,739,628 
 
 3,090 
 
 — 
 
 2,929,528 
 
 3,090 
 
 - 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 1002 
 
 1018 
 
 175' 
 
 25 
 
 - 
 
 62 
 
 5 
 
 21,600 
 
 6 
 
 585 
 
 1495,7501 
 
 637J'2301 
 
 13,565,525 
 
 48.818 2200 
 
 17,076,263 
 
 14,660,789 
 
 302 
 
 14,379 
 
 42 
 
 2595 
 
 1858 
 
 336 
 
 [b 
 
 u 
 
 General Abstract of the estimated Value of the Imports and Exports at the Port of Saint Andrews and its 
 Out-Bays, in the respective years ending 5th January, 1830, and 5th January, 1837. — Copied iroin the Ile- 
 ^ turns made to the Provincial Legislature. 
 
 IMPORTS. 
 
 1835. 1830. 
 
 Saint Andrews, £49,724 7 1 ... £57,746 8 0 
 
 Msgaguadavic, 2,117 18 11 ... 4,281 15 8 
 
 Saint Stephen, 6,070 8 6 ... 8.630 9 7 
 
 Welchpool, 7,498 17 10 ... 10,008 13 / 
 
 Total Imports, £65.4 11 12 4 ... £80.667 6 10 
 
 exports. 
 
 1835. 
 
 Saint Andrews, £73,289 10 11 ... £98^012 19 3 
 
 Magagiiadavic, 7,516 9 9 ... 6,044 14 9 
 
 Saint Stephen, 9,066 0 7 ... 9,723 5 7 
 
 Welchpool, 10,366 11 4 ... 13,609 12 0 
 
 Total E.\poft», £100.228 12 7 ... £126.390 11 7 
 
 KEUARK. 
 
 From Ihe circnmstaDcc of Frciglita 
 from llJO Uniied Kingdom being 
 much lower to Si. John than to Si. 
 Andrews, ihe merchants resident at 
 llie laiier place prefer importing 
 their lirilish Goods through the for- 
 mer port, ihe supposed value of 
 whicli is abdut jC40^000 annuali;. 
 
92 
 
 in the war of 1812, but restored at the late peace. Commen- 
 cing on the main land, Lubec claims the first notice ; this 
 port is situated at West Quoddy Head, and is a small tra- 
 ding place convenient for the fishery. Robbinstown, nearly 
 opposite St. Andrews, follows next. This place lies near the 
 mouth of the St. Croix, the boundary river between New- 
 Brunswick and Maine ; following the American bank of this 
 river, a few miles from its source we arrive at Calais, a flou- 
 rishing settlement opposite St. Stephen’s, in the County of 
 Charlotte, with which it is connected by a toll bridge. Ca- 
 lais is a rising town of considerable trade, having abundance 
 of saw mills, and abundance of lawyers. It has been stated, 
 as a curious calculation, that every two saws at this place 
 support one lawyer ! 
 
 From this place the country on the frontier is a wilderness 
 till it reaches the plantation of Floulton, directly in the rear 
 of the Parish of Woodstock, in New'-BruRswick, and about 
 ten miles to the southward of the right bank of tlie river St. 
 John. Houlton was settled about thirty years ago, and is at 
 present a floui'ishing village, having a chain of settlements ad- 
 joining it. This being the extreme point of the State of 
 Maine in that quarter, the American Governmenf erected a 
 commodious range of barracks and other military buildings 
 sufficient to accommodate four companies of soldiers. These 
 barracks occupy a commanding, healthy situation, and over- 
 look the surrounding country. From this neighbourhood 
 there is fine view' of the far-famed Mars Hill, and a road has 
 been cut from this point to the Restook, passing the base of 
 the mountain. 
 
 Houlton being a frontier military post, has a stockaded in- 
 closure, supplied w'ith five good pieces of ordnance, and other 
 munitions of war; and is usually garrisoned w'ith from two to 
 four companies of United States troops. From this point to 
 the head of the Saint John there are no settlements until we 
 reach the Meriumplicook ; but as this is in the disputed ter- 
 ritory, I shall notice it no farther at present than to observe 
 that it was at this place the noted Baker, raised the Ameri- 
 can standard in 1827, and endeavored to create a misunder- 
 standing between the governments. I now' resume the de- 
 scription of New-Brunswick, commencing with 
 
 CHARLOTTE. 
 
 This County is bounded by the Bay of Fundy on the 
 South, by the St. Croix River and the Bay of Passamaquod- 
 
<ly on the west and south-west, on the east by a north line 
 from Point Lepreaux, and contains a population of 15,852 
 souls. 
 
 It is divided from the United States by the river St. Croix, 
 commonly called the Schoodic, which is the line in that quar- 
 ter that divides the territories of Great-Britain from the State 
 of Maine. This County comprehends several large Islands 
 in the Bay of Passamquoddy, and is divided into the follow- 
 ing Parishes : St. Andrew’s, St. Stephen’s, St. David, St. 
 George, St. Patrick, Pennfield, Campo-Bello, West Isles, 
 and Grand Manan. 
 
 This is an extensive and valuable county; it has a great trade, 
 and possesses resources for supplying an export trade to a 
 great amount annually. It is well stored with timber in the 
 interior, and intersected with streams and lakes which fur- 
 nish every facility for erecting mills, and bringing the distant 
 lumber to the sea-board It is indeed the greatest county for 
 sawed lumber in the Province ; there is no place that can 
 compete with it in the number of its excellent saw mills. — 
 Scarcely a stream or lake is to be found suitable for the pur- 
 pose, but has an establishment of mills in operation, or in 
 progress : while the establishments at Saint Stephen’s, Mill 
 Town, St. George, and some other places, exceed any thing 
 of the kind in the Province. Digadeguash is a considerable 
 place for shipping lumber. At Chamcook there is a wet 
 dock, the only establishment of the kind in the Province, 
 where a number of vessels may take in their cargoes with the 
 greatest safety and ease. There was formerly a paper mill 
 established at this place, but this has been abandoned, and 
 flour and saw mills have been erected in its place. 
 
 Saint Stephen’s. — Next to the town of Saint Andrews 
 before described, Saint Stephen’s claims the first place. This 
 is a flourishing village, situated at the head of the navigation 
 of the Schoodic. It has a brisk trade, having a great num- 
 ber of Saw Mills in its vicinity, which produce a vast quanti- 
 ty of sawed lumber, which is shipped at that place. Indeed 
 most of the business formerly done at Saint Andrews, has 
 been transferred to this place, which is most eligibly situated 
 to become an important trading town, having the upper and 
 lower Milltown, with a large lumbering district to support its 
 trade. Saint Stephen’s is considerably well built up, having 
 some fine ranges of houses, with a number of good mercan- 
 tile establishments. It has also some fine public buildings, 
 among which are a Church and Meeting House. It has also 
 several institutions for the promotion of commercial purposes, 
 
94 
 
 among which are the Saint Stephen’s Bank, capital ^£25,000, 
 and the Saint Stephen’s Whale Fishing Company. 
 
 This place lies opposite the American town of Calais. A 
 Bridge connects the two places, making them appear as one 
 town, with a I'iver flowing between. 
 
 Upper and Lower Milltown, so called on account of the 
 great number of Mills in their neighbourhood, are also great 
 places for sawed lumber. The Upper Village has a cluster 
 of good houses, and is fast rising into importance. Lower 
 Milltown has also a number of lumbering establishments, 
 with knots of houses. It has also a good church, and abounds 
 with mills. Indeed this district appears to be the natural pa- 
 rent of the mill family ; the whole country is crowded 
 with them. 
 
 Saint Geouge is a neat flourishing little town, convenient- 
 ly situated at the lower falls of the river Magaguadavic, having 
 a good harbour and enjoying a considerable share of the ship- 
 ping business of the county. It has a number of good Saw 
 Mills in its vicinity which are w'ell supplied with logs, having 
 the whole course of the river Magaguadavic, with its noble 
 lakes, to furnish lumber. Saint George being the only place 
 of shipment for this great lumbering district, must continue 
 to advance in importance as the resources of this part of the 
 county shall be more fully developed. It has already a brisk 
 increasing trade, and bids fair to rise to a high station among 
 the flourishing trading towns of New-Brunswick. It has a 
 number of fine houses and stores, with several fine streets in- 
 tersecting each other. Its public edifices are a good Church, 
 a Meeting House, with other structures for the convenience 
 and improvement of the rising community. A number of 
 good improved farms lie contiguous to this place, and the 
 whole is fast improving. The wild and imposing scenery 
 at the falls adds much to the intei-est and beauty of this 
 place. 
 
 Most of the other settlements in this county are in a flourish- 
 ing state. They generally have one or more places of w'or- 
 ship, with rising villages, improving farms, and milling esta- 
 blishments. — The group of Islands lying in the Bay of Fun- 
 dy in and adjoining the Bay of Passamaquoddy, are included 
 in the County of Charlotte. Some of them, viz. : — Grand 
 Manan, Campobello, Deer Island, Indian Island, See. are 
 large and valuable, being well settled. Many of the others 
 are very small and some are mere rocks. The two former, 
 however, are too important to be passed by without some fur- 
 ther notice. 
 
95 
 
 Grani> Manan claims the first place. — This is the most 
 important of all the Islands in the Bay of F undy. It lies 
 near its entrance about ten miles from the main land, and six 
 from Campobello ; it is about twelve miles long and seven 
 broad, and has several fine harbours. 
 
 The situation of this Island is unrivalled as a great fishing 
 station. The abundance of fish in its vicinity as well as 
 alon'T its shores and harbours ; the store of excellent ship- 
 timber growing on the Island, and the facility of procuring 
 naval stores for fitting out fishing craft; by its proximity to 
 the markets of Saint John, Saint Andrews, and other ports 
 along the Bay, render it one of the most eligible places in 
 North America for prosecuting the fishery on a large scale 
 with the utmost advantage. It is however to be regretted that 
 this great source of wealth to the Province has been suffered 
 to languish, as there are only from fourteen to twenty small 
 vessels usually engaged in this fishery, the yearly produce of 
 which does not exceed £ 3000 . It is however to be hoped, 
 that while every effort is making to extend our commerce, 
 and while a feverish anxiety pervades the country to seek out 
 new supplies for our trade, this prolific source of wealth will 
 not be lost sight of. As those fisheries have lately attracted 
 the attention of the Legislature, there is a prospect that this 
 branch of our Provincial industry will be placed on such a 
 footing as its importance to the true interests of the Province 
 deserves. 
 
 Grand Manan possesses a large tract of land suitable for 
 agricultural purposes, with a population of about 1000 souls ; 
 it has some fine settlements and trading establishments ; a 
 Church ; several clusters of buildings ; and also some well- 
 improved farms ; but the population being scattered over the 
 Island, nothing approaching to a town has yet been attempt- 
 ed. This Island is of considerable importance in a nautical 
 point of view ; it has some fine Light Houses near it, and is a 
 good land-mark for inward bound vessels in making the shore. 
 The north point of the island lies in 44° 46' North Latitude, 
 and Longitude 66° 49' West. 
 
 Campobello is the next in importance : it is a large island, 
 and the property of Capt. Owen, R. N. It contains a num- 
 ber of inhabitants, who are tenants to the proprietor, and are 
 engaged in agricultural and fishing pursuits ; for this island, 
 a.s well as Grand Manan, is well situated for the fishery 
 Great quantities of cod and other fish are taken here, and 
 sold uncured to the Americans. The population is about the 
 same as that of Grand Manan. 
 
96 
 
 Deer Island and Indian Island are also places of con-* 
 siderable importance in regard to the fishery, particularly the 
 former, which is very populous. At each of these places there 
 are fishing establishments, and considerable business is done 
 in that line ; there are some fine dwelling houses on those 
 islands, and other rural improvements. 
 
 The group of islands lying in Passamaquoddy Bay com- 
 pose the Parish of West Isles ; some of them are large and 
 valuable, being rather densely settled, and have good esta- 
 blishments for prosecuting the fishery, with a number of fine 
 houses and cultivated fields ; the others are small, and of very 
 little importance. 
 
 Charlotte County is a very important section of the Pro- 
 vince, not only on account of its great trade, but also as an 
 advancing agricultural district. St. David’s, Pennfield, and 
 several of the other Parishes, are not far behind some of the 
 most flourishing parts of the Province in that most essential 
 branch of our domestic industry, and many thriving farming 
 settlements are fast growing up in other parts of the country. 
 
 CARLETON, 
 
 Proceeding according to the method before stated with the 
 counties lying along the River Saint John and following that 
 river to its exit into the Bay of Fundy, the first County is 
 Carleton, which adjoins the Province of Lower Canada. 
 As the boundaries in this part of the British Provinces have 
 never yet been accurately defined, I shall not take up any 
 time in describing them, only observing that by the old pro- 
 clamations and acts of the British Government the southern 
 boundary of the Province of Quebec was declared to be the 
 northern boundary of Nova Scotia. 
 
 Carleton accordingly is bounded on the north by Canada ; 
 by the State' of Maine on the south-west ; by the County of 
 Gloucester on the north-east j and by York on the south-east. 
 It contains nine Parishes, with a population of 9498 souls. 
 
 Commencing at the Canada line the first settlement of any 
 extent is Madawaska. There are however a few settlers 
 scattered along the banks of the river above this place, as far 
 up as the River Saint Francis which falls into the Saint John, 
 about thirty-five miles above this settlement. From the Saint 
 Francis downward to the Meriumplicook, thei'e are a number 
 of beautiful Islands scattered along the Saint John, and the 
 banks of the river as well as the adjoining country are w'eli 
 
97 
 
 stored with pine of the loftiest growth. A stream called Fish 
 River falls into the Saint John from the westward, about five 
 miles above the Meriumplicook. A road was formerly sur- 
 veyed by the A.merican Government, from the Metawamkeag, 
 a branch of the Penobscot, to the River Saint John, which 
 strikes the left bank of Fish River, a distance of one hundred 
 and twenty miles ; but this road has not yet been opened. 
 
 At the Meriumplicook, which is about twelve miles above 
 the Madawaska River, there is a considerable settlement of 
 American squatters, who have some buildings and mills at 
 this place. It was on a point formed by the junction of the 
 stream at this place with the Saint John, that the noted John 
 Baker on the 4th of July, 1827, raised the American standard, 
 and took formal possession of the territory for the Stale of 
 Maine. There are some fine Islands along this part of the 
 river, and strips of good intervale, which are settled b^' the 
 French. At the junction of the Madawaska River with the 
 Saint John, the main settlement commences and extends down 
 to near the Great Falls. The Madawaska River has the 
 Tamisquatta Lake near its head, from which there is a poi- 
 tage of thirty-six miles to the River de Loup in Canada. 
 There are a few settlers on this lake and also on the portage, 
 it being part of the great road of communication over land 
 from Halifax to Quebec. 
 
 The main settlement of the French commences near the 
 mouth of the Madawaska River, and extends down the Saint 
 John within a few miles of the Great Falls, a distance of near- 
 ly forty miles, the whole distance being well settled on both 
 sides of the river. The face of the country being pretty level, 
 the soil is generally a light clay or loam easily tilled and 
 very productive, some low districts containing large spots of 
 alluvial soil, with fine Islands in their neighbourhood. Th’’“ 
 settlement is well watered ; several small rivers fall into the 
 Saint John at different points of the settlement ; one of whicl. 
 is called Green River, from the colour of its waters, which ai. 
 the place they mingle with the Saint John are of a bea„.’ifu 
 pea-green and very deal*. Another stream called f.v,.- 
 River about fifteen miles above the Grand Falls, rises f. on 
 the northward, near the head of the Restigouche; a sliurt 
 portage connects the communication between the two rivers. 
 This is the usual route in this part of the country from the 
 River Saint John to the Bay of Chaleur- 
 
 Maclawaska is an old flourishing settlement. The inhabi- 
 tants are most all French, many of whom have been settled 
 here over fifty years, and have alw'ays considered themselves 
 
 M 
 
100 
 
 ning in a crooked direction through a fine country, abound- 
 ing in excellent land, well timbered with pines, &c. of the first 
 quality; it .is claimed by the United States, and by them cal- 
 led the Aroostick. There are heavy falls near the mouth of 
 this river, and the line of boundai’y crosses it about four miles 
 before it reaches the Saint John. Three miles farther down, 
 the Tobique, formerly famed for its red pine, falls ihto the 
 Saint John ; this is another fine river, upwards of two hun- 
 dred miles in length ; the soil in the pine districts is not favor- 
 able for farming pursuits. There are however a number of 
 fine Islands in the course of the river, and some good strips 
 of intervale along its banks. The lands near the Tobique 
 lying on the Saint John, are of the first quality ; and a large 
 district embracing both sides of the Tobique has been reserv- 
 ed for the Indians ; this tract is not inferior to any land in the 
 Province. The Indians however have done but little to im- 
 prove it, having only a small clearing at the mouth of the 
 river, where they have erected a few huls and a small Chapel, 
 which is in a very dilapidated condition. Here a few In- 
 dians usually sit down, as they term it, to keep possession. 
 
 At the conclusion of the last w’ar, a number of soldiers who 
 had been disbanded, were settled between the Tobique and 
 the River Chicktahawk; many of those have made good im- 
 provements; the wilderness has been converted into fruitful 
 fields covered with habitations ; the district formed into a pa- 
 rish, and named after the late Duke of Kent. It extends on 
 both sides of the river until it meets the Parish of Wakefield 
 on one side, and Brighton on the other; the land is of the 
 first quality, covered with a variety of trees of the loftiest size, 
 and unencumbered with much undergrowth, which is a great 
 advantage to the settler, as it relieves him from the labour of 
 clearing away the under brush which is so troublesome in 
 other places. Nor is this fine tract of land confined to the 
 margin of the river, but rather improves in the interior. The 
 United States line approaches the River Saint John within a 
 few miles along this parish, and they have a township laid 
 out embracing Mars Hill. 
 
 Descending the Saint John, which every few miles receives 
 some considerable creek or river, we arrive at the old military 
 post called Presque Isle. Barracks and other military works 
 were erected here shortly after the peace of 1783, sufficient to 
 accommodate three companies of soldiers, and it continued 
 to be a military station until 1822; but every vestageof those 
 works has now disappeared. The bank at this place is very 
 elevated, and the spot where the barracks stood very com- 
 
101 
 
 manding, having a fine view of the adjoining country and a 
 beautiful Island directly in front. Eight miles below the 
 Presque Isle, a stream called the Pekagomique falls into the 
 Saint John on the eastern side ; the lands on this stream are 
 very good and are fast settling. There are several other 
 streams in the Parish of Brighton, on the eastern side of the 
 river; likewise in the Parish of Wakefield, which extends 
 along the western side of the I’iver until it joins Woodstock, 
 about sixty-five miles above Fredericton. Both Wakefield 
 and Brighton are flourishing Parishes, having a succession of 
 good farms along the river and flourishing back settlements. 
 
 Woodstock, the Shire Town, is a flourishing village, or 
 I’ather a succession of villages ; for, like the Federal city of 
 the American Union, or I’ather in humble imitation of it, 
 there are three different knots of buildings at a considerable 
 distance from each other. The first or upper knot consists 
 of a Court House and Jail, with a few stores, and some good 
 dwelling houses. The middle cluster is beautifully situated 
 on the margin of the Maduxnakik, which discharges itself 
 into the St. John at this place, and has a beautiful cascade at 
 its mouth. This being the most numerous collection of build- 
 ings, may be considered the principal germ of the future 
 town. Here is a neat Episcopal church, beautifully situated 
 on the crest of the high ground which overlooks the creek 
 as well as the river. At a short distance below the Madux- 
 nakik stands a fine chapel belonging to the Methodists, and 
 on the hill near the same place stands a Catholic Church. — 
 This place has the credit of erecting the first Methodist Cha- 
 pel with a bell and steeple in the Province. The first build- 
 ing erected by the Methodists in this place which was open- 
 ed for divine service in August, 1834;, was unfortunately 
 burnt to the ground in the Fall of 1835. It was, however, 
 replaced by a more spacious building in 1836. The future 
 appearance of this place has been much injured by injudicious- 
 ly crowding the buildings near the bridge. 
 
 The lower range of buildings, or what is called the Corner, 
 being at a point where the road leading to the American set- 
 tlement of Houlton commences, consists of a number of stores 
 and taverns, with some good private buildiiigs. 
 
 The whole country round Woodstock is very beautiful ; 
 the farms are well improved, and the buildings in good order, 
 with the best of roads. There are 'Some fine islands in front 
 of Woodstock, and the country on the opposite side of the 
 river compi'ises many excellent farms in a high state of culti- 
 vation. From this place to the County line there is nothing 
 
10^ 
 
 particularly deserving of notice, except two pits, ^containing 
 human bones. Those pits are about six feet long and four 
 feet wide, and are opposite Maductic point, which has always 
 been occupied by the Indians. They are only a few rods 
 from the main road, and have sunk considerably below the 
 surface of the earth. This is what must be expected to take 
 place from the decomposition of the fleshy parts — skulls and 
 bones lie on and near the surface, having been uncovered by 
 the curious and thoughtless. There is no certain account 
 how those pits originated. There is, however, a tradition 
 that Col. Rodgers came through the wilderness from Quebec 
 in the year 1760, with a party of the Queen’s Rangers and 
 Mohavvk Indians, and scoured the river St. John. That he 
 surprised and destroyed a great man}' of those Indians who 
 were encamped at the Maductic ; tliat the remainder fled 
 across the river, and were either there destroyed, and buried 
 by Rodgers, or else those who escaped from him returned 
 after he had gone, and buried their dead in those pits. That 
 Col. Rodgers after this proceeded to St. John, where being 
 joined by a detachment from Manawagonish, he took Fort 
 Bourbon, afterwards called Fort Frederick, on Carleton 
 Foint. 
 
 Eel River falls into the St. John a little below the County 
 line, forming in part of its course the boundary between York 
 and Carleton. This river rises near the source of the Saint 
 Croix. A short portage leads from one river to the other. 
 
 YORK. 
 
 This County commences a little above Eel River, and is 
 bounded by Carleton on the North West and North ; by 
 Northumberland and Kent on the North East; by Siinbury 
 on the South East ; and by Charlotte on the South West. — 
 It comprises both sides of the river St. John ; has eight Pa- 
 rishes, and a population of 10, 4-78 souls. 
 
 The Parish of Dumfries which adjoins Woodstock, has 
 some fine farms along the banks of the river, and has several 
 flourishing settlements forming a few miles back in the wil- 
 derness. The face of the country is generally hilly and bro- 
 ken, but the soil is good and well timbered. The Parish of 
 Southampton, which lies on the opposite side of the river, has 
 a number of fine farms, and is fast improving. It is joined to 
 its lower line by Queensbury, which is a well settled, wealthy 
 parish, having a number of fine islands within its bounds ; 
 
103 
 
 two fine streams, tlie Nackisvikik and Mactuquack, run 
 through these Parishes. On the latter stream there is a chain 
 of settlements fast improving ; there is a Baptist Chapel and 
 an Episcopal Church in this Parish. Prince William, on 
 the Western side, adjoins Dumfries. The face of this Parish 
 along the river is hilly and broken, intermixed with rich strips 
 of intervale along the river, w'hich are highly cultivated. — 
 There are several fine lakes in this parish, one of which is 
 called lake George, which has a large settlement on its bor- 
 ders. A few miles from this lake lie the Magundv and Po- 
 quihoak settlements. Lake George discharges itself into the 
 St. John by a stream called the Piquihoak, which is an In- 
 dian name, signifying a dreadful place — and such it surely is. 
 The water just before its escape into the St. John, appears at 
 some remote period to have been pent up by the high banks 
 along the river at this place. Through this it has forced a 
 passage, and tumbles down the rocks and precipices with re- 
 sistless impetuosity. The passage through wdiich it passes 
 has a succession of falls, is very narrow, and probably from 
 seventy to eighty feet perpendicular, composed of large stones, 
 which appear as uniform as if laid by hand; the whole form- 
 ing a sublime and imposing appearance. 
 
 The Parish of Kingsclear, which joins Prince William, has 
 nothing peculiar. The country is hilly, and interspersed with 
 several streams on which there are a number of good mills ; 
 there is a fine strip of intervale in this parish usually called 
 the lower French Village, which is overflowed in high fresh- 
 ets, and very fertile. The French have a Catholic Chapel at 
 the head of this village ; here is likewise an encampment of 
 Indians, consisting of a number of small huts arranged in 
 lines near the chapel, to which the Indians resort at stated 
 times for religious purposes. They have a small block of 
 land contiguous to the chapel, but they make no approaches 
 to “ permanent settlement.” The Baptists have likewise a 
 Chapel in this Parish, but no settled minister. 
 
 The Parish of Douglas, on the opposite side of the river, 
 extends from Queensbury to St. Mary’s, near the river Nash- 
 waak. The Madam Keswick, a large stream, with several 
 branches, intersects this parish ; this is an old and extensive 
 settlement, having been formed shortly after the peace of 
 1783, by the disbanded A ork Volunteers, and Royal Guides 
 and Pioneers. The soil along the creek, where there are 
 large strips of interval is very rich, and the settlement has a 
 beautiful appearance along the banks of the stream. The 
 only drawback to this place is its exposure to injury from 
 
104 
 
 early frosts, which is indeed common to all settlements along 
 the valleys of small rivers. There are two churches in this 
 settlement belonging to the Episcopalians, and a chapel 
 belonging to the Baptists. The Keswick Ridge and several 
 otlier fine settlements are contiguous to the Madam Keswick. 
 From the mouth of this stream nearly to the Nashwaaksis the 
 land is high, but well cultivated ; a short distance from the 
 Nashwaaksis the country becomes flat and the soil light, but 
 it is highly improved. There are several mills on the Nash- 
 waaksis. It has also a settlement a few miles up along its 
 banks ; Cardigan, a Welch settlement, lies also near it. ^ This 
 is an extensive settlement, and is joined still further in the 
 wilderness by the Tay Creek and other settlements. The land 
 in those districts is generally favorable to agriculturists. The 
 parish of St. Mary’s follows Douglas on the eastern side, and 
 extends to the county line. The river Nashwaaksis runs 
 through this parish, and falls into the St. John opposite Fre- 
 dei’icton. Tliis stream was also an asylum at the conclusion 
 of the American revolution for a number of worn out vete- 
 rans. Among others the remnant of the old 42d Regiment 
 settled here ; many of their children are still among the prin- 
 cipal farmers, and a few of the old men are yet living ; indeed, 
 it seems as if the old Donalds will never wear out. This 
 stream is settled nearly to its source, and has some fine islands 
 in its bed, with beautiful plats of interval highly improved.— 
 The road from Fredericton to Miramichi passes along this 
 river. About five miles above its confluence with the Saint 
 John, it receives the waters of the Penniack, a considerable 
 stream with a settlement along its banks, and a large esta- 
 blishment of excellent mills. Near its mouth there is also a 
 range of mills on an improved construction, which cut during 
 the last year about two million feet of lumber. An association 
 has lately been formed, called the Nashwaak INIill Company, 
 having a capital of ^40,000, with liberty to increase the same 
 to .sfil 00,000, who own the last mentioned mills, and are ma- 
 king improvements, &c. to carry on the milling business on a 
 more extensive scale. 
 
 The Parish of Fredericton joins Kingsclear, and extends 
 to Lincoln in the County of Sunbury ; it includes the town of 
 that name already described, with a back settlement called 
 New Maryland, and another on the Rushagoannes. The road 
 from Fredericton to St. Andrews passes through these settle- 
 ments. The lands in the immediate vicinity of the town are 
 not much improved ; having been reserved for the College, 
 they are nearly all untenanted ; the settlers in this County not 
 
105 
 
 caring to lease lands which are liard to clear, when they can 
 obtain lots for themselves. A great proportion of the land in 
 the town platt belongs likewise to the (-ollege and Church, 
 or is reserved for government purposes, which has always 
 been a great impediment to the growth of the place. 
 
 York is a County of great importance — ^joined with Carle- 
 ton, it embraces a line of more than two hundred miles along 
 the rivei’ St. John, and the two Counties furnish the major 
 part of the lumber shipped at the port of St. John. They 
 abound with navigable rivers and streams, and with almost 
 iaexhaustible resources of timber. Fredericton is the princi- 
 pal town of the county, the seat of government, and the se- 
 cond in importance in New-Brunsw'ick. 
 
 • As the New-Briuiswick and Nova-Scotia Land Company 
 own a lai'ge tract of land in this Province, which lies in the 
 County of York, I shall, before I close this sketch of the 
 County, give a short account of their improvements. This 
 tract has been erected into a separate Parish called Stanley, 
 after the name of the principal settlement. The Company 
 has made a good wngon road from Fredericton to that set- 
 tlement, thereby opening a communication with the seaboard 
 as well by land as by water. A large tract of land is alrea- 
 dy under cultivation, with a population of several hundred 
 souls. 
 
 The germ of the Company’s future principal town, also call- 
 ed Stanley, (in honor of Lord Stanley, the Colonial Minis- 
 ter of the day,) is pleasantly situated on the main stream of 
 the Nashwaak, about thirty-five miles above its confluence 
 with the St. John, It has already good saw and grist milts, 
 several stores, and a number of good dwelling houses ; a 
 school house, which also answ'ers for a chmth, and other 
 , works in progress. Materials are also collecting to build a 
 small church on what is called Church Hill, an eminence 
 which overlooks this miniature town. A number of small 
 lots have been laid out contiguous to the village, on which 
 houses arc built, and small farms improved. 
 
 The Company has another town laid out on its land, call- 
 ed Campbelltown, situated on the Miramichi river, a few miles 
 above where the road leading from Fredericton to Chatham 
 turns off, at what is called Boies Town. A small improve- 
 ment has been made, and a few houses built, but it is still in 
 its infancy. 
 
 The total number of settlers on the Company’s land ex- 
 ceed sixty families, among whom are several persons of pro- 
 perty and intelligence, suiKcicnt to form a good society, by 
 
106 
 
 which means many of the privations attending a new settle- 
 ment in the wilderness will be avoided ; for when a number 
 of families settle together at once in the wilderness, they are 
 a mutual help and comfort to each other, and carry many of 
 the advantages of their former mode of life with them. They 
 also have the blessing of each other’s society, and are enabled 
 to form schools, and provide the means of religious instruc- 
 tion ; it also prevents their children from sinking into a state 
 •of debasement, that a solitary location, or a settlement among 
 none but the lower order of emigrants must naturally pro- 
 duce. For when a man whose early life has been spent 
 among the better orders of society, settles with a young fa- 
 mily either alone or among the lower order of emigrants, he 
 finds himself and wife uncomfortable for the want of suitable 
 society, and the prospects of his family in regard to educa- 
 tion and suitable settlements in life blighted ; and although 
 he may be willing to sacrifice his own comfort, still he can- 
 not make up the loss to his family ; for should he even be so 
 fortunate as to create a valuable estate, it could not compen- 
 sate his family for the loss of their prospects of settling ac- 
 •cording to their former expectations. A number of substan- 
 tial persons forming a good settlement at once is also a great 
 advantage to poor settlers in their vicinity, as it furnishes 
 them with employment near their homes, and gives them a 
 participation in the benefits of schooling and religious instruc- 
 tion, with the other privileges attendant on wealth and socie- 
 ty. They will also be benefited by the intelligence and su- 
 perintendance of the former class, and will be a mutual bles- 
 sing and help to each other— one class bringing comparative 
 wealth and intelligence, and the other furnishing labour, with 
 the knowledge of those many rude arts and contrivances so 
 necessary in forming new settlements. 
 
 The above village which may be considered as the nucleus 
 of a chain of settlements, had not a tree felled for the purpose 
 of cultivation prior to August, 1834 ; it now exhibits a succes- 
 sion of small improved farms, with comfortable dwellings, fill- 
 ed with families actively engaged in agricultural and other oc- 
 cupations ; all tending to improve and enhance the value of 
 the Company’s lands, which now comprise a block of 500,000 
 acres. Such settlements cannot be too much encouraged or 
 fostered, as they promote the vital interests of the Province 
 by raising up a class of Agriculturists, who are much wanted. 
 It is painful to add that, in consequence of a late change in 
 the proprietors of the Stock of this Company in England, a 
 stop has been put to the improvements in progress on the 
 
107 
 
 above mentioned settlements ; but it is to be hoped tliat \vhe» 
 new arrangements are made, the settlements will not be al- 
 lowed to retrograde, nor the settlers be disappointed in their 
 expectations of a permanent establishment. 
 
 At the extreme verge of the County of York, where it 
 touches the line of Northumberland, a small Village has been 
 as it were created by a Mr. Boies. This man has built a 
 small tOAvn of his own, which beat’s his name. It consists of a 
 cluster of buildings on the banks of the Miramichi, at the point 
 where the great road passes from Fredericton to Chatham, 
 about four miles below Campbelltown. Among the buildings 
 are an extensive store, with out-buildings ; a tavern ; trades- 
 men’s shops ; good mills ; and almost every building necessary 
 to form a good trading establishment. He has also provided 
 a schoolmaster, and a building for Divine Worship, which is 
 open for any of the Ministers of the Most High, whatever 
 may be their peculiar faitli. 
 
 COUNTY OF SUNBURY. 
 
 This county joins York on the north-west, Northumber- 
 land on the north-east. Queen’s on the south-east, and Char- 
 lotte on the south-west. This is the smallest county in the 
 Province, not being over twenty miles in length. It is, how- 
 ever, the oldest settled part of the River Saint John : it con- 
 tains four Parishes, and a population of 3227 souls. 
 
 The first permanent settlement of any consequence on the 
 river, was made at this place in 1766 by a number of families 
 from Massachusetts, who having obtained the grant of a town- 
 ship on the River Saint John, from the British Government, 
 after exploring dilferent parts of the county, settled at Mau- 
 gerville. Here they M'ere joined at different periods during 
 the troubles in America by several more families from New 
 England. Those settlers made improvements on both sides 
 of the River, and called the whole'district Sunbury. The 
 first Commission of the Peace for this place, was dated 11th 
 August, 1766, and for holding Courts of Common Pleas, 
 1770. The Courts of Justice were held here until 1783, 
 when the American war having ended, and the loyalists having 
 settled in different parts of the country, the Supreme Court was 
 removed to Saint Jdin, and afterwards established at Fre- 
 dericton, which was made the permanent seat of Government. 
 
 The Parishes of Maugerville and Sheffield on the eastern 
 side of the river, comprise a rich strip of intervale, which. 
 
108 
 
 beiiJg overflowed in high fre&hets, yields abundant crops, and 
 is rich in pasture. The farms are well improved, and stock- 
 ed with abundance of cattle ; the houses are in general neat, 
 the barns spacious, and the county highly cultivated, the set- 
 tlers being generally substantial landholders and good hus- 
 bandmen. The whole county makes a delightful appearance, 
 being almost like a continued garden ; the roads are excel- 
 lent for wheel carriages, being a continual level along the 
 margin of the river, which is occasionally hid from the view of 
 the traveller by lofty trees and shrubs along the banks, which 
 afford a pleasant shade in summer and breaks off the piercing 
 wind in winter. In the rear of these Parishes, are a chain of 
 lakes which communicate with each other, and discharge their 
 waters into the Grand Lake, and from thence, by the Jemseg, 
 into the Saint John. Most of those lakes are environed with 
 excellent land, and have settlements on their margin. 
 
 There is an Episcopal Church in Maugerville, and a Bap- 
 tist Chapel ; in Sheffield the Methodists have a good Chapel, 
 and the Seceders a Church ; this latter building is the oldest 
 place erected for Divine Worship in the Province. The 
 frame was first raised in Maugerville, but the situation being 
 found inconvenient, it was removed to Sheffield on the ice, 
 and finished on the spot where it now stands. 
 
 The Parishes of Lincoln and Burton are opposite to the 
 parishes just described, on the western side of the river, and 
 arc situated on high land interspersed with intervale; they 
 are well settled, and the farms are in a good state of cultiva- 
 tion. The river Oromocto intersects those parishes : this is 
 an extensive stream well settled in many parts, having branch- 
 es which wind through the country to a great distance. One 
 of these, the Rushagoannes has a large settlement with some 
 good mills ; some of the other branches are also settled and 
 have mills. The road from Fredericton to Saint Andrews 
 crosses the Oromocto, a short distance from the falls. There 
 was a good herring fishery formerly near those falls, but mills 
 having been erected near them, it has dwindled away to 
 nothing. 
 
 There is an extensive tract of wild meadow along the course 
 of the Oromocto, which yields a great quantity of coarse grass, 
 and affords an extensive range for cattle in the dry season. — 
 In some ])laces these meadows are only covered with a tough 
 crust, which on being gently struck with the foot communi- 
 cates a tremulous motion to the surface around. 
 
 The land on the Oromocto and its tributary streams, is ge- 
 nerally of a good quality, but in common with almost all the 
 
109 
 
 streams in this Province, very subject to frost. Tlie mouth 
 of the river being very deep ; is a very eligible place for ship- 
 building, which is prosecuted here to a very considerable ex- 
 tent: each year furnishes one or more large ships from this 
 quarter, ship timber being floated down the river in abun- 
 dance. 
 
 The public buildings in Burton are, a good Church, a 
 Court House and Jail. Three flne Islands lie in this county ; 
 the first is the Oromocto, a fine Island, having a smaller one 
 nearly adjoining, and both very productive in grass, &c. ; 
 Middle Island, lying nearly in the middle of the county, and 
 Major’s Island. The latter is a large Island, and has a small 
 one, called Ox Island, lying parallel with it. Major’s Island is 
 three miles in length, and is very broad ; has some fine build- 
 ings on it and is highly improved ; it has also a pond in the 
 centre. There are shoals near Ox Island, and also at the 
 Oromocto, which render the navigation difficult at those 
 places in the dry season. A stream called Swan Creek runs 
 through Burton. 
 
 A number of persons have lately been incorporated by the 
 title of the Sheffield Mills and Laud Company, for the pur- 
 pose of promoting the trade, and making improvements in 
 this fine section of the Province, but they have not yet made 
 much progress. 
 
 QUEEN’S 
 
 Adjoins Sunbury on the N. W. Charlotte on the S. W. 
 Northumberland on the N. E. and King’s on the S. E. ; like 
 the County just described, it lies on both sides of the river 
 St. John ; has six Parishes, and a population of 4.741 souls. 
 
 This is an excellent county for grazing, having a number of 
 fine islands, and a large range of rich intervale within its limits. 
 The inhabitants are principally agriculturalists, who have well 
 improved farms with good stocks of cattle. The intervale is 
 composed of a rich loam of alluvial soil, and along the Parish 
 of Canning is scarcely equalled by any land in the Province. 
 As the county descends to the Jemseg, the rich sediment de- 
 posited by the annual overflowing of the river produces the 
 most abundant vegetation, and although the farmer can sel- 
 dom commence his labours till June, yet so productive is the 
 soil that in a few weeks the country exhibits the most exube- 
 rant vegetation. Indian corn flourishes in this district in the 
 highest perfection ; small grain, grass, and roots are also rais- 
 
 I 
 
110 
 
 eel here in the greatest abuiiclance. Indeed, a more fertile 
 soil can scarcely be conceived than is found from Mauger- 
 ville to the Jemseg. The direct rays of the sun also acting 
 upon such a level, loamy surface, makes nearly three weeks 
 difference in the growth of plants between this and the oppo- 
 site side of the river. One drawback must not be forgotten, 
 which is the great rise of the freshet in some years, which 
 sweep away, not only the fences, (which are taken up and 
 piled in the Fall by trees, to secure the rails), but sometimes 
 rise to such a height as to injure the buildings and destroy 
 the stock. The Baptists have a fine chapel in Canning, and 
 have always been a numerous body in that district since the 
 first settlement of the river St. John by what are termed the 
 old inhabitants. The Grand Lake, the largest body of inland 
 water in the Province, lies in the rear of tne county just de- 
 scribed ; it is nearly thirty miles long, and from three to nine 
 wide. A lai’ge stream, called Salmon River, falls into it near 
 the head ; a short portage leads from this stream to the waters 
 falling into the Miramichi. The country on the western side 
 of the lake is in many places low and marshy ; the French 
 and Maquapit lakes lie in this neighbourhood. They also 
 abound in low, swampy lands affording fine pasturage ; there 
 are, however, some good farming districts, where the land is 
 more elevated, which are welt settled ; those lakes discharge 
 their waters into the Grand Lake. I'he country in the vici- 
 nity of this lake abounds with coal ; upwards of thirty years 
 ago the troops in the Province were furnished with coals for 
 fuel from this district. Such quantities as were obtained at 
 that period, were found very near the surface ; a stratum was 
 usually found from six to nine feet below the surface, which 
 was from eighteen inches to two feet in depth. In some pla- 
 ces the coals were very good, but in others they were combi- 
 ned with a great proportion of sulphurous stony matter. — 
 Since that time cargoes have occasionally been raised and 
 exported, but the business did not seem to take root and flou- 
 rish. Of late years several companies have been formed to 
 work those coal fields, but after making a few attempts, they 
 relinquished the task. The Company lately formed, called 
 the “ Salmon River Coal Company,” appears to have taken up 
 the business. with more spirit and science; there are from 
 thirty to forty men employed, some in raising and screening 
 coals, and others in boring. The coals at present obtained 
 are said to be of a good quality, and to cover the expences, 
 and the Company is well satisfied in regard to the richness of 
 the mines. 'I'he workmen have succeeded in boring about 
 
Ill 
 
 one liuiulrecl and forty feet, with every prospect of realising 
 their most sanguine expectations. Indications of abundance 
 of iron ores of an excellent quality are frequently met with, 
 and sandstone, which indicates the proximity of abundance 
 of coal, is found in great plenty as the boring proceeds. — Tlie 
 scene of the present operations of the Company is at the Sal- 
 mon River, near its confluence with the Grand Lake. Many 
 of the present shareholders are citizens of the United States. 
 The capital of the Company is sufficiently large to admit of 
 working the mines on an extensive scale. 
 
 The Grand Lake is well settled on .both sides, having a 
 number of well improved farms, with two Episcopal Churhes, 
 and several meeting houses. It discharges itself into the 
 Saint John by a narrow gut called the Jemseg. This place, 
 although at present possessing no warlike features, must not 
 be overlooked in the history of the river Saint John. It 
 appears a fort and place of arms was established near this 
 gut soon after the discovery of the river St. John, which pass- 
 ed alternately from one master to another. It is noticed in 
 the transfer of the country to the French in 16T0, under the 
 name of Gimsec^ and was no doubt the principal place of 
 arms and strength on the river. From the Jemseg to the 
 Washademoak, a distance of about six miles, the country is 
 more elevated, and well cultivated. The Washademoak is 
 another extensive Lake nearly thirty miles in length, but very 
 narrow in its course. The Washademoak River, which rises 
 near the Petticodiac, falls into this lake. It has a settlement 
 along its banks called New Canaan. There is nothing more 
 peculiar in the parishes just described, which are called Wick- 
 ham and Brunswick. 
 
 On the western side of the St. John River, Queen’s County 
 comprises the parishes of Gagetown and Hampstead. Gage- 
 town is regularly laid out, and is the Shire-Town. It has a neat 
 Church belonging to the establishment, a Court-House and 
 Gaol, with several fine private buildings and seats, and is a 
 pleasant retired place. It lays on the right bank of a creek of 
 the same name which communicates with the St. John ; seve- 
 ral fine Islands are scattered in the river within the li- 
 mits of this county ; one of them, named Long Island, is six 
 miles in length, — it has a neat church with several good build- 
 ings on it; the other Islands are the greater and lesser Mus- 
 quash, and Grimross, each affording large crops of grass and 
 excellent pasturage. The Ocnabog, a small stream having a 
 lake at its head, falls into the St. John near the head of Long 
 Island. 
 
112 
 
 Tliis county, on the whole, is well settlV^l with good sub- 
 stantial larmcrs ; and although there is a little done in sawing^ 
 deals and boards, and also in making a small quantity of 
 squared timber as well as procuring some saw logs; the prin- 
 cipal occupation of the inhabitants is agriculture and grazing, 
 by which they are rising silently to wealth and independence. 
 
 KING’S COUNTY 
 
 Embraces both sides of the River Saint John, and is boun- 
 ded on the north by a line running south-west and north-east 
 from the south point of Spoon Island ; on the east by Kent 
 and Westmorland, on the west by Charlotte, and on the 
 south by the County of Saint John. It contains a population 
 of 12,195 souls, and comprises the following Parishes : — 
 Westfield, Greenwich, Kingston, Norton, Springfield, Sus- 
 sex, and Hampton. 
 
 The Belleisle Bay, near the commencement of this county, 
 runs up into the country and has a fine settlement at its 
 head and also along its shores, with a good church. The road 
 from St. John to Fredericton passes the head of the Belleisle. 
 The County town, called Kingston, is a neat village, contain- 
 ing a Court-house and jail, a neat church, and a cluster of 
 good houses, the place being laid out to form a small town. 
 The land in this district is hilly and broken, but the soil is 
 good and the country is well improved. There are good 
 churches belonging to the establishment in all the parishes 
 of this county; there are also a number of good mills of dif- 
 ferent kinds. The river Kennebeckasis intersects this county 
 and falls into the St. John near the Boar’s Head. This is a 
 considerable stream, and has several Islands scattered through 
 its course. It is navigable upwards of twenty miles for ships 
 of heavy burden and sixty miles farther for small vessels and 
 boats. It is well adapted for ship-building, having abundance 
 of excellent timber in its neighborhood. A number of ves- 
 sels are annually built here for the merchants of St. John. The 
 Hammond River falls into the Kennebeckasis. This a fine 
 stream and well settled. The Kennebeckasis is well settled 
 in most ol its course. The Vale of Sussex, which lays along the 
 river and extends to near its head, is a beautiful strip of low 
 land. As the traveller ascends the Kennebeckasis, he first 
 gets a glimpse of a narrow tongue of this plain, environed by 
 the hills that skirt the stream ; these gradually melt awav, and 
 the plain expands till at a turn of the road, the village o*f Sus- 
 
113 
 
 sex with its church and well ornamented fields burst upon his 
 view. Descending a hill he enters the plain which is covered 
 with neat country seats, well adorned with trees and surround- 
 ed with beautiful fields, in the highest state of cultivation. The 
 proprietors of some of these charming seats may well rank 
 with the most scientific agriculturists in the Province. After 
 passing this settlement, the land on the route to the Pettico- 
 diac is of an inferior quality, and in some places mountainous. 
 Near the head of the Vale are a number of Salt Spring?, which 
 produce salt of an excellent quality, yielding about eight per 
 cent, on evaporation. Salt works have been erected here 
 and considerable quantities have at times been made ; but 
 although the salt is superior to any imported, for table and 
 other culinary purposes, from its whiteness and fineness, 
 still it has never paid the proprietors of the work, on account 
 of the large quantity of salt imported from the mother country, 
 and which is sold for less than can be afforded from the springs. 
 For these reasons the works are but seldom in operation, — 
 Those are the only Salt Springs at present known in the Pro- 
 vince. There are indications of Plaster of Paris in several 
 places along the banks of the Kennebeckasis. The land in 
 this County, on the western side of the river St. John, is hilly 
 and considerably broken in the interior, where there are sev’eral 
 newsettlementsforming. Theparishes of Westfield and Green- 
 wich, fronting on the river, are thickly settled and well improv- 
 ed. They have each Churches belonging to the establishment, 
 but nothing peculiar. A considerable stream, called the Nere- 
 pis, falls into the St. John near the Grand Bay. The stream 
 runs a considerable distance through the county, and has se- 
 veral settlements near its course, but the land is rough and bro- 
 ken, but poorly timbered and of an inferior quality. There is a 
 good road from Carleton to Fredericton through those set- 
 tlements, which is called the Nerepis road. 
 
 The’ principal products of this County, are wheat, oats, 
 potatoes, butter, hay, pork and beef. It also contributes 
 to the exports of St. John by ship-building and furnishing 
 some squared birch and other timber. — King’s County, lying 
 near the great trading emporium of the Province, and being 
 intersected by two large rivers, always finds an easy and rea- 
 dy market for its products, and is fast rising in wealth and 
 importance. 
 
 o 
 
114 
 
 COUNTY OF SAINT JOHN. 
 
 This valuable County comprises but a narrow strip along 
 the Bay of Fundy, but it possesses a great portion of the 
 wealth, enterprize, and trade of the Province. It is bounded 
 northwardly by a line running east-north-east and west-south- 
 west from the southernmost point of the Kennebeckasis Island ; 
 westwardly by a north line from Point Lepreaux ; eastward- 
 ly by Hopewell Township ; and on the southward by the Bay 
 of Fundy. It is divided into five Parishes : — the City of 
 Saint John, Portland, Lancaster, Saint Martin’s, and Carle- 
 ton, and has a population of 20,668 souls. 
 
 This County has several fine harbours, the principal of 
 which is the harbour of Saint John, at the mouth of the river 
 of that name, and which was described in the account of the 
 City of Saint John. This harbour, by being accessible at all 
 seasons of the year, gives the port a decided advantage over 
 all the ports in the Province to the northward of it, and also 
 over many of the ports in Newfoundland, and likewise the 
 two Canadas, which are shut up from the sea from November 
 to April. This harbour has also a valuable salmon, shad, and 
 herring fishery, which is more or less productive in differ- 
 ent years. There is also a cod fishery near Partridge Island, 
 but this is not frequented. The other harbours are, Quaco, 
 Musquash, and Dipper, the latter lying down the Bay, near 
 the County of Charlotte ; they have water sufficient for ves- 
 sels of four hundred tons burthen. 
 
 The land in this County on the seaboard, is not so good 
 for farming as in the interior ; it is generally rocky and bro- 
 ken, interspersed with barrens covered with a growth of stunted 
 trees. There are, however, numerous good spots intermixed, 
 and many places that formerly appeared doomed to sterility, 
 have been brought under a good state of cultivation. Great 
 improvements have lately been made in this County in farm- 
 ing; many new settlements have been formed, which are ra- 
 pidly improving. A number of persons of wealth in the City 
 of Saint John, have lately improved farms in its vicinity, par- 
 ticularly on the Marsh and at Loch Lomond. A strip of 
 Marsh lies contiguous to the city, which is highly improved, 
 and yields large crops of grass. The craggy hills also, skirt- 
 ing the Marsh, have been converted into gardens, and stud- 
 ded with beautiful seats by the wealthy citizens, and the 
 whole district adjacent to the city is rapidly improving. 
 
 The principal place in this county, next to Saint John, is 
 Carleton, which, by an unnatural union, has been i*corpor- 
 
11,5 
 
 ated with that city, of which it comprises two Wards. It lies 
 opposite the main city on the western side of the harbour, on 
 the point fronting blavy Island, and may be called a small 
 town, having several streets considerably well built up, with 
 w’ooden buildings. It contains a neat Episcopal Church and 
 Meeting House. It has a good fishery, and some share in 
 ship-building; but this branch of business is most always car- 
 ried on for the merchants on the eastern side of the harbour. 
 Carleton, indeed, possesses but little of the enterprize of her 
 sister ; it has but little trade, and has improved very little for 
 a number of years. It is however probable that it will soon 
 begin to emerge from its lethargy, as a number of merchants 
 in Saint John have lately procured building lots along its 
 shores, for the purpose of forming mercantile establishments. 
 
 The site of old Fort Frederick is still to be seen at the ex- 
 tremity of the point facing St. John, but it is fast moulder- 
 ing into oblivion. Carleton is a distinct Parish within the 
 City of Saint John. 
 
 A splendid w’oo^en bridge is in course of erection across 
 the river St. John at this place. This magnificent structure 
 will reach from the Carleton shore to the highlands in Port- 
 land, a distance of fourteen hundred feet ; the span across 
 the river from the towers will be four hundred and thirty-five 
 feet, and the Iieight about eighty feet, allowing for the diffe- 
 rent states of the tide. This work when completed will be 
 an ornament to the City ; but it is to be feared it will never 
 repay the spirited proprietor's a fair return on the capital in- 
 vested. 
 
 A little above the bridge on the Carleton side, and direct- 
 ly opposite the falls there are a number of excavations ; mills 
 and buildings are in progress, owned and conducted by an 
 association called the “ Saint John Mills and Canal Com- 
 pany,” composed principally of enterprising capitalists in the 
 United States. The place where this Company’s operations 
 are carried on has been long known as Cunnabell’s Point, 
 but is now called Union Point. A canal has been cut from 
 a small cove above the point, which projects into the falls. 
 Three sections of the dam (two hundred feet each,) are 
 completed, and the other two in progress ; the first block 
 of mills, to contain eight gangs of saws, is in a state of great 
 forwardness, and is intended to be in operation early in the 
 Fall ; sixteen more saws will immediately be added to the 
 establishment. A number of buildings connected with those 
 works are already finished and occupied by the workmen, 
 and the Company expect soon to carry on an extensive and 
 
116 
 
 profitable business. — Another extensive mill establishment is 
 also in progress at this place. Messrs. C. D. and T. C. Eve- 
 ritt having procured a valuable privilege on the outer part of 
 the point, have made preparations on a large scale for car- 
 rying on milling business. They have erected a commodious 
 flourmill, which at present (1838,) is in active operation, 
 and buildings to contain machinery for other manufactures, 
 have also been put up, and are being furnished with the ne- 
 cessary works. These enterprising individuals, being desi- 
 rous of extending the business, have recently procured an 
 Act of Incorporation from the Provincial Legislature, under 
 the title of the “ Saint John Mills and Manufacturing Com- 
 pany,” and have offered a number of shares of the stock to 
 the public on fair terms. — Those works have every appeai- 
 ance of prospering, and will doubtless add to the county a 
 milling village of vast importance. 
 
 A little above those works on the opposite side of the small 
 bay above the falls is the site of the old Iq,dian House. This 
 place is still called Indian Town, and is of considerable im- 
 portance, being the point where vessels of all descriptions 
 coming down the river St. John land, to wait for the proper 
 time of tide to pass the falls ; here also the steam-boats land, 
 and fi'om this place they start for Fredericton, and various 
 other parts of the river — so that during the summer season, 
 it is the resort of all kinds of river craft. There is a cluster 
 of houses at the landing place, most of which are occupied by 
 raftsmen and others. There are a number of coves near In- 
 dian Town where timber is laid up till it is wanted for ship- 
 ping, when it is taken through the falls in small rafts, and 
 put into ponds, where it is properly squared, and made ready 
 for shipment. Near Indian Town is a steam mill for sawing 
 deals, &c. From this place to the City of .St. John is about 
 one mile — the road is excellent, and passes through Portland, 
 which may be called the suburbs of St. John, being connect- 
 ed with the City by a bridge. It does indeed seem strange 
 that Portland, which joins St. John, should have been made 
 a separate Parish, while Carleton which is separated from it 
 by a w'ide river, should have been incorporated with it. — 
 Portland has one main street running through the whole 
 length of it, which is well built up. It has two good iron foun- 
 dries, (the first ever erected in the Province,) and it is also the 
 place where most of the vessels fitted out at Saint John are 
 built. It has a very thriving appearance, and having a great 
 number of ship-yards and timber ponds, may well be called 
 the w’orkshop of the city. 
 
117 
 
 There are a number of other considerable settlements and 
 villages in this county, the principal of which are Black River, 
 where there are a number of good mills ; Quaco, which is a 
 good place for ship-building; Manawagonish, and Musquash, 
 the latter being a flourishing village, with a number of good 
 mills, a church, &c. An association has been formed, called 
 the Lancaster Mill Company, with a capital of ^100,000 ; 
 they have erected a number of mills, with a gang of saws in 
 each, and likewise circular saws for edging, with other machi- 
 nery for cutting laths, clap-boards, shingles, &c. The Com- 
 pany own about fifty thousand acres of timber land, extend- 
 ing from the head of the tide at Musquash to near Mather’s, 
 on the Nerepis. Their present water power is reckoned equal 
 to four hundred horses ; but they are erecting a dam of solid 
 masonry, which they expect will give them tlie command of 
 at least a third more water power. All their works are exe- 
 cuted in the best manner ; they have several lumber roads, 
 and a village laid out in farms, and are making every effort 
 to improve their lands, and increase their mills, and expect 
 to cut upwards of twelve millions of superficial feet of lumber 
 this season. The principal stock of the Company is held by 
 capitalists in St. John. 
 
 Having thus given a brief description of the Counties lying 
 along the Bay of Fundy and the great river St. John, I shall 
 now turn to the eastward, and take a short survey of the re- 
 maining Counties which lie along the Gulf shore, and extend 
 to the Canadian frontier ; following this method the first coun- 
 ty to be noticed is 
 
 WESTMORLAND. 
 
 This extensive county is bounded eastw’ardly by the line of 
 Nova-Scotia and the Gulf of St. Lawrence, northwardly by a 
 west line running into the county from the northernmost 
 point of Shediac Island, westerly by a line beginning at a 
 point in the North boundary of St. John County, north from 
 Quaco Head, and running North till it meets said west line, 
 southwardly by St. John County and Chignecto. It con- 
 tains 14,205 inhabitants. 
 
 This county is situated at the head of the Bay of Fundy, 
 and joins Nova-Scotia. The line between the two Provinces 
 has never yet been accurately defined, but it is understood to 
 be at the narrowest part of the isthmus between the Bay of 
 Fundy and Bay Verte. There are pine Parishes in this 
 
118 
 
 County, yiz. Westmorland, Sackville, Hillsborough, Hope- 
 well, Moncton, Dorchester, Salisbury, Botsford, and Shediac. 
 
 A considerable part of this County was formerly settled by 
 the French neutrals, most of whom were forcibly removed by 
 the British Government in 1755. Many of their descen- 
 dants, however, found refuge in the countr}', and are spread 
 through this and the adjoining counties as far as the Bay of 
 Chaleur. They have multiplied very fast, and have numer- 
 ous settlements on the seaboard. In Westmorland alone 
 their numbers are supposed to exceed seven thousand ; their 
 principal occupations are agriculture and fishing. They are 
 an orderly, quiet people ; being mostly Catholics, they have 
 a number of fine Chapels in this and the adjoining Counties. 
 
 But the most thriving class of inhabitants^are the descen- 
 dants of the old Yorkshire and other English settlers. The 
 greater part of whom are agriculturalists, and keep large stocks 
 of cattle. The country in general is not much adapted to 
 wheat or indian corn, but oats, potatoes, &c. are cultivated 
 in great abundance. Stock, however, and the produce of 
 the dairy, may well be called the staple of the county. The 
 extensive marshes, many of which are laid down in the best 
 English grasses, furnish fodder for numerous herds of cattle. 
 Indeed, this and the adjoining county in Nova-Scotia, may 
 well be stated first rate grazing counties, from the extent of 
 their marshes. The great Tantamar marsh, which lies in 
 Sackville is upwards of fifteen miles in length, and in some 
 parts over four miles in breadth, most of which being dyked 
 produce abundant crops of the best English grass. After 
 mowing time this marsh appears to a spectator, standing on 
 Fort Cumberland or some other elevated spot, dotted with 
 an innumerable number of hay stacks, which are lost in the 
 distance ; the range being so great that the eyes get wearied 
 and fail in reaching the limits of the extensive plain before 
 them. 
 
 This count}' does not make much figure in a bustling 
 trade, but is quietly rising in wealth. Its exports in wood 
 are small ; some timber is shipped at Petitcodiac, and a consi- 
 derable quantity of deals are cut at Shepody, where there are 
 a number of good mills. The lumber of all kinds from this 
 county is chiefly sent to Saint John, where it is shipped for 
 Europe. Grindstones are also a considerable article of ex- 
 port from this county, but its staple exports consist of cat- 
 tle and the production of the dairy. It sends large quanti- 
 ties of butter to St. John and other places, and is celebrated 
 throughout the Province for the excellence of that article. The 
 
119 
 
 bounty is settled by a substantial yeomanry, who do not med- 
 die much with any branch of business, but attend to theit 
 farms, which in general insures them a comfortable indepen* 
 dence. The county is highly improved, has excellent roads, 
 and in many parts good substantial bridges. The cows in 
 this county are generally the largest of any in the Province. 
 
 The tides at the head of the Bay which washes a part of 
 the county rise very high. They roll in with great velocity, 
 making a loud noise, and come in successive swells or waves, 
 about three feet perpendicular, and sometimes higher, called 
 the boar. The noise is heard at a great distance, and ani- 
 mals within its sound, manifest evident signs of terror, and 
 immediately make for the highlands. The spring tides at 
 Cape Enrage and Cumberland Bason, are forty-five to sixty 
 feet; according to Mr. Haliburton, they rise to seventy 
 feet at the head of the Bay of Fundy, and only seven at Bay 
 Verte. 
 
 The shores from Cape Chignecto and St. Martin’s Head 
 to the Joggins, or land of grindstones, are high, bold, and 
 rocky ; on other parts of the coast they are not so bold, and 
 abound with valuable stone for building, and grindstones, 
 great quantities of which are made in this neighbourhood. 
 
 At the extremity of this county and province, stands old 
 Fort Cumberland, formerly called Beau se jour. It was built 
 on the high lands between the Missaguash and Aulac rivers, 
 and was taken from the French in IToS, by Colonel Monc- 
 ton. It was formerly one of the keys of the Peninsula, but is 
 now nearly in ruins. There are also the vestiges of another 
 fort at the Bay of Verte, called Fort Monckton, which w-as 
 the first strong hold erected by the French in this country, 
 and was then the principal place of arms and stores for them in 
 their various incursions into these provinces, while Canada 
 belonged to France. 
 
 There are several rivers in this county, the principal of 
 which is the Petitcodiac : this river rises near the head of the 
 Kennebeckasis river, and runs to the centre of die county, 
 when it makes a short bend, after which it soon widens and 
 falls into Chignecto Bay. The other streams are but small : 
 being all tide rivers, they in some places overflow large 
 tracts of undiked marsh lands at full tides. Large vessels 
 ascend the Petitcodiac as far as the Bend to load, but the na- 
 vigation is somewhat difficult. Memramcook River falls in- 
 to the Petitcodiac, and has a large tract of marsh along its 
 course of about 4000 acres. The Tantamar, Aulac, and 
 Missaguash, fall into the head of Cumberland Bason. 
 
Entering the county by the great road of conimunication 
 from Saint John, along the banks of the Petitcodiac, the first 
 cluster of houses is at what is called the Pend> Here is a small 
 trading station^ comprising several fine houses, with stores, 
 &c ; and near the place are mills. \ essels at times come up 
 to this place to load, but as the navigation is considered dan- 
 gerous, the lumber is chiefly shipped off in small craft to 
 other ports for exportation. At the Bend the road branches} 
 one line leading to Dorchester by the Memramcook Piiver, 
 and the other leading to Shediac, a small port on the Gulf 
 shore at the extremity of the county^ Shediac is a small neat 
 little town, w'here a few vessels are yearly loaded, but the trade 
 is small, and the country around is but poor t being settled 
 chiefly by French, who have very little enterprise, it is not 
 likely to make much of a figure among the commercial sta- 
 tions of the Province. It has a Church, and the largest Ca- 
 tholic Chapel in the Province, with a few stores and several 
 fine houses. Following the Gulf shore from Shediac to 
 the Bay Verte, we pass the Greater and Lesser Shemogue, 
 with several other settlements. The Bay Verte, near which 
 is the ruins of old Fort Moncton, is a small place where ves- 
 sels sometimes enter, chiefly for the purpose of shipping cat- 
 tle, and the agricultural products of the district ; but it is an 
 inconvenient place for shipping, the w'ater being shallow', 
 lighters, scows, &c. have to be used to convey the cargoes on 
 board. Prince Edward Island is in sight from this place 
 about nine miles distant. 
 
 Returning again to the Petitcodiac river, and following the 
 great road from the Bend to the Memramcook river, we ar- 
 rive at Dorchester, the Shire-Town of the county. This is 
 a pleasant flourishing place, situated on the left bank of the 
 Memramcook : it contains a fine Court-House and Church, 
 with other public buildings ; it also contains some fine dwel- 
 ling houses and beautiful seats, with stores and other struc- 
 tures for mercantile purposes ; it is a shipping station, but its 
 trade is yet but small. Still following the great road, the 
 next place approaching to a town is Sackville, which is situa- 
 ted near the great marsh. This is a neat flourishing village, 
 having a Church and Meeting House, with a number of fine 
 dwelling houses and stores. It is surrounded by a highly im- 
 proved farming district, with a beautiful rural seat at West- 
 cock. 
 
 From Sackville to the Nova Scotia line, is an undulating 
 country of marsh and highland. First is the great Tantamar 
 marsh, more than four miles broad ; then follows the Jollicure 
 
121 
 
 ridge, which contains many well improved farms ; this is suc- 
 ceeded by another marsh, then follows Point-de-Bute ridge, 
 on which stands old Fort Cumberland. This ridge being on 
 the line between New-Brunswick and Nova-Scotia, contains a 
 number of w’ell improved farms, with several good build- 
 ings, also a good Church and Methodist Chapel. The 
 buildings near old Fort Cumberland have an uncommon an- 
 tiquated appearance. On this ridge, likewise, was a place 
 called Bloody Bridge, it being the scene of a bloody tragedy 
 during the old Revolutionary War. * 
 
 Returning to the Memramcook river, we arrive at the land 
 of Frenchmen : almost all the right bank of this river and the 
 country for a distance adjoining being occupied by them. — 
 Flere they have a Chapel and a numerous and fast increasing 
 population. This appears always to have been a favorite spot 
 with them : here they were settled in great numbers before 
 the year 1755, when they were forcibly removed by the Bri- 
 tish Government, having first seen their habitations and pro- 
 perty destroyed before their eyes. It was at this place that 
 many of them were torn from all the comforts of life and cast 
 on the wide world, destitute and forlorn, to suffer the hard- 
 ships and privations so feelingly described in Mr. Flaliburton’s 
 history of Nova-Scotia. 
 
 The French, as has been before noticed, make no great 
 figure in improving a country ; — very mean houses and mere 
 necessaries in general satisfy them. Hence the country in 
 their neighbourhood exhibits no permanent features of im- 
 provement. They can only be ranked among the small far- 
 mers of the county. 
 
 That part of Westmorland which lies to the westward of 
 the Pctitcodiac river, and stretches to the County of Saint 
 John, is still chiefly in a wilderness state. Shepody, how- 
 ever, is a considerable place for mills, and large quantities of 
 deals are cut in the different settlements in this part of the 
 county. Considerable advances are also making in the farm- 
 ing line. There are some very elevated ridges in this dis- 
 trict, called the Shepody Mountains, some of which contain 
 large portions of excellent land for agricultural purposes. — 
 Many new settlements are rising up here, as well as in other 
 parts of this extensive county. 
 
 All that part of the Province that lies along the Gulf 
 Shore, from Westmorland to the borders of Lower Canada, 
 was formerly included id the large County of Northumber- 
 
 p 
 
land — which, in 182G, w'as divided into three counties. The 
 first of these, adjoining Westmorland and extending to the 
 Parish of Harcomt, inclusive, being called Kent; the se- 
 cond, extending from the Parish of Harcourt to the Parish 
 of Saumarez, retaining the old name of Northumberland; 
 and the third, commencing at the easterly part of the Parish 
 of Saumarez and extending to the Canada line, was named 
 Gloucester. The first, therefore, in order, proceeding 
 (according to the method before stated,) from South to 
 North, is 
 
 KENT, 
 
 Which adjoins Westmorland on the southward and extends 
 to the Parish of Harcourt, as before stated. It comprises 
 the Parishes of Carleton, Liverpool, Wellington, Dundas, 
 Huskisson, and Harcourt, and contains a population of 6031 
 souls. 
 
 This County lies along the Gulf Shore, and is indented 
 with a number of fine rivers, the principal of which are the 
 Cocaigne, Buctouche, Richibucto, Kouchibouguacsis, Kou- 
 ehibouguac, and many others. The chief ports for loading 
 ships are Buctouche and Richibucto. The exports consist 
 of lumber of different descriptions : Pine, however, as in 
 most of the other lumber districts, is getting scarce; but as 
 the country abounds in Spruce, the attention of the inhabi- 
 tants has been turned to the erection of mills both here and 
 in the adjoining counties, and vast quanties of sawed lumber, 
 particularly deals, are now produced. 
 
 Richibucto, the shire town of the county, is situated on the 
 left bank of the river of that name, on a plain near the en- 
 trance of the Gulf. It is a place of considerable trade, being 
 an excellent shipping station. The town consists of a num- 
 ber of good mercantile establishments and several other fine 
 buildings, the principal of which are on the main street, run- 
 ning parallel with the water. Here is also a good Church, 
 and a Court-house, with other public buildings. It is a very 
 pleasant place for a summer residence, being free from those 
 dense and tedious fogs, so frequent along the coast of the 
 Bay ot F undy. Here are also a great abundance of excel- 
 lent shell fish, which are taken with the greatest ease in dif- 
 ferent parts of the harbour. 
 
 About three miles above Richibucto, on the opposite side 
 of the river, is the establishment of Mr. Jardine, which has 
 given rise to a small village. Plere is a good ship-yard and 
 
123 
 
 other conveniences tor carrying on an extensive mercantile 
 business. 
 
 The country round Richibucto is covered with an inferior 
 growth of Pines and other soft woods, and has the appear- 
 ance of having been burnt over at no very distant period : 
 indeed the whole district from tlic Richibucto to the Nash- 
 waak consists of a great portion of low swampy land unfit for 
 agriculture. There are, however, a few fine ridges of liigh 
 land interspersed in the range, on some of which good settle- 
 ments are forming. — Good roads are opening in this county 
 to facilitate the intercourse with other counties and likewise 
 w'ith the capital. 
 
 Buctouche is the next place of importance in this county ; 
 it is a shipping port, with a cluster of houses and some signs 
 of trade; but the vessels that resort here are few and gene- 
 rally small. 
 
 Cocaigne is also a small trading station, but there is noth- 
 ing peculiar about the settlement or its business. 
 
 Considerable attention has lately been paid to agriculture 
 in this county ; but it must be observed that a great part of 
 the land in this county is not favorable to the pursuits of the 
 husbandman. The district along the Gulf shore is better 
 adapted for trade and the fishery than for farming. Advan- 
 cing into the interior, there is much swampy and barren land, 
 and other parts are covered with a stunted growth of pine 
 and other timber. Tlie county, however, is not destitute of 
 some fine tracts, on which good settlements are forming, 
 and a number of good milling establishments and flourishing 
 villages are springing up in the wilderness. 
 
 The mineral wealth of this section of the Province is no 
 doubt very great, as it partakes of the Coal measures, which 
 are so abundant in its neighbourhood, and many indications 
 of minerals and fossils have already been discovered. In- 
 deed this County is fast rising into iinjmrtance, and as it ad- 
 joins the wealthy County of Westmorland on the one side, 
 and the great trading County of Noithumberland (of which 
 it formerly was a part,) on the othci’, it will no doubt soon 
 hold a high station among the flourishing counties of New- 
 Brunswick. 
 
 NORTHUMBERLAND. 
 
 This county, as was before observed, foiiacily included 
 Kent and Gloucester. It extends fioin the Parish of Hat- 
 
124 
 
 court, in the county of Kent on the southward, to the Parish 
 of Saumavez, in the County of Gloucester, on the northward, 
 and is divided into the following towns or parishes, viz. New- 
 castle, Chatham, Ludlow, Northesk, Alnwick, Glenelg, Nel- 
 son, Saiimarcz, and Carleton, and contains a population of 
 14,170 souls. 
 
 This is a valuable section of the Province, and is extensive- 
 ly engaged in the shipping business. It has a great extent of 
 sea-coast, and several fine rivers, and possesses great resour- 
 ces and facilities for the lumber trade. Squared timber, deals, 
 and other sawed lumber form the great staple of its exports. 
 The Miramichi which is among the first rivers in the pro- 
 vince for pine, runs through this county, and with its nume- 
 rous tributaries intersects it in every part, opening a highway 
 to the seaboard for the produce of its extensive forests. The 
 principal shipping ports in the county are along the river. A 
 little above the head of Miramichi Bay, and on the right bank 
 of the river stands the thriving town of Chatham, and a few 
 miles farther up on the opposite side stands its rival sister, 
 Newcastle, the shire-town, both largely engaged in the com- 
 merce of the province, and deserving from their importance 
 to hold a high station among the flourishing trading towns of 
 New-Brunswick. 
 
 The port of Miramichi ranks next to St. John in a commer- 
 cial point of view, and as being the next most important 
 shipping port in the Province. It is the outlet of all the bu- 
 siness carried on along the whole range of that river and its nu- 
 merous tributaries. At every little nook along the river from its 
 mouth as far up as Fraser’s Island, there are shipping stations 
 where vessels may lie in safety and take in their cargoes. — 
 The only drawback to this port is that, along with all the other 
 harbours on this coast, it is frozen over during the winter. — 
 The shijiping, milling, and ship-building establishments are 
 on a large scale along this river. A large amount of capital 
 is already invested in those branches of trade ; the milling bu- 
 siness has of late attracted considerable attention. An asso- 
 ciation to extend its operations has lately been formed, called 
 “The New-Brunswick Mill Company,” with a capital of 
 ^£100,000. It is the intention of this Company to erect twen- 
 ty mills annually till they complete the number of one hun- 
 «h cd ; they have already completed a great part of them. — Mr. 
 Cnnard’s mills at Miramichi are stated to have cut on the 
 29th of April, 1837, 42,471 feet of deals, between the hours of 
 5 A. M. and 7 p. m. being the produce of 320 logs, and em- 
 ploying fifty workmen. 
 
U5 
 
 There were fifty vessels on the records of registry at the 
 port of Miramichi on the 31st December, 1836. The num- 
 ber of vessels built at this port during the last year was eight, 
 measuring 3, 147 tons. 
 
 Newcastle, the shire-town of the countv is situated on the 
 left bank of the Miramichi river. It is a great place for the 
 shipping engaged in the lumbering business, and is considera- 
 bly well built up. It has several fine streets well lined with 
 neat dwelling houses, and stores. It has also a number of 
 public edifices among which are a good Court House and Jail, 
 with several places of worship belonging to different deno- 
 minations. This place was reduced to a heap of rubbish by 
 the great fire of 1825, being directly within its most destruc- 
 tive range — but it has risen anew from its ashes, and is a flou- 
 rishing trading town, rising in population and importance. 
 
 Chatham stands on the right bank of the Miramichi, and 
 may well rank among the first class of towns in this County. 
 It contains one English, one Roman Catliolic, and one Pres- 
 byterian Church, with other public buildings. The town is 
 well laid out and contains a great number of fine houses with 
 mercantile establishments and other improvements, and parti- 
 cipates largely in the trade of the country. This place being 
 on the South West side of the river, escaped the great fire of 
 1825, and became an asylum for hundreds who fled to it from 
 that great calamity. — Chatham is at present fast outstripping 
 its I’ival sister, Newcastle. 
 
 Douglastown, on the north-east side of the Miramichi, at a 
 mid distance between Newcastle and Chatham, is also a 
 rising trading station. The House of Gilmour & Rankin 
 have extensive shipping establishments at this place, and 
 the river in the neighborhood is crowded with shipping du- 
 ring the shipping season. This place was nearly all swept off 
 by the tremendous fire of October, 1825. In a few hours this 
 floui’ishing village was reduced to cinders, only six houses 
 having escaped. It has, however, again risen from its ruins 
 with increased population, buildings, and wealth. — Douglas- 
 town, as well as Newcastle and Chatham, has lately been 
 made a free port. 
 
 Agriculture has not been so much fostered in this County 
 as its importance demands, on account of the great trade al- 
 ways carried on in wood ; but many persons are beginning 
 to turn their attention of late yeai’s to that most important pur- 
 suit. Many fine farms are improving and agricultural vil- 
 lages rising up in different parts of the County^ — the soil 
 in many districts being of the best quality. 
 
126 
 
 The County of Noilliumbcrland being a great trading 
 County, contains a number of flourishing trading stations, 
 too numerous to be particularly described in such a brief work 
 as the Notitia. 
 
 GREAT FIRE OF 1825. 
 
 This County was the chief scene of those destructi%’e fires 
 that raged through this Pi-ovince and the State of Maine in 
 1825, and burst out almost simultaneously in different places : 
 particularly at the Oromocto, Fredericton, and Miramichi. — 
 The latter place exhibiting an extent and volume of flames of 
 the most appalling and terrific appearance, which swept the 
 settlements along the river Miramichi for upwards of one 
 hundred miles, by eighty five in breadth, and extended its 
 ravages over a surface of nearly eight thousand square miles, 
 and destroyed property to the amount of nearly eight hun- 
 dred thousand pounds, with the loss of nearly two hundred 
 souls. 
 
 The summer of 1825 was extremely warm, with a great 
 drought, which continued with but a small quantity of rain till 
 October, In consequence of which, fires raged in the woods 
 in many places to an alarming extent, and the whole country 
 appeared to be fast verging to a state of combustion. On the 
 7th of October, about half past three o’clock P. M. a broad 
 and dense column of smoke was seen to rise in a vertical di- 
 rection at a considerable distance to the N. W. of Newcastle. 
 As it was supposed extensive fires were raging in that quar- 
 ter, it excited no alarm in the minds of the people. A short 
 time before the fire commenced it was a perfect calm. About 
 7 o’clock P. M. a smart breeze sprung up; at this time it 
 w'as pitchy dark, — the fire being then at a distance from the 
 settlements, raging in the woods. About 8 o’clock P. M. the 
 wind rose and increased to a hurricane, bringing the fire like 
 a deluge upon the settlements. Flames burst in masses on the 
 affrighted inhabitants. The roaring noise becoming more and 
 more tremendous, swept with inconceivable velocity over the 
 surface of the earth and Avater, and aw’akened the agonizing 
 feelings and horrors of the flying and distracted people : the 
 screams of the burnt, the burning and the wounded, mingled 
 with the cries of the domestic animals, scorched and suffocated 
 with the heat — men and women with infauts, and the sick urg- 
 ing their way through volumes of smoke that threatened instant 
 destruction, and seemed to bar retreat. In fact no descrip- 
 tion can do justice to the horrors and miseries of those fatal 
 
moments. Some of ilie people ran to the river ami plunged up 
 to the neck in the water for safety, — others betook themselves 
 to rafts, scows, canoes or floating logs for protection from the 
 flames. In the brief space of an hour, Newcastle, Douglns- 
 town, and the whole northern side of the river, were reduced to 
 cinders, and out of five hundred buildings, not more than twen- 
 ty-five were left. In Newcastle, besides the Barracks, Court 
 House, Presbyterian church, Seaman’s hospital, and Printing 
 establishment, upwards of two hundred and forty houses and 
 stores were destroyed, — only fourteen houses and three stores 
 remaining. Three ships laden, were burnt in the harbour, 
 with two on the stocks. The total amount of property des- 
 troyed, according to the estimates made at that time, amount- 
 ed to neai’ly .^700,000, and the number of lives lost was sta- 
 ted at not less than two hundred and fifty. 
 
 The dreadful conflagration seemed unlike to any thing be- 
 fore known. Flying atoms, and burning bark appeared like 
 fire falling from the clouds, and was carried to a distance out to 
 sea, to the great danger of the shipping. So rapid was the 
 progress of the flames, that many persons could hardly get out 
 of their dwellings in time to save their families, leaving even 
 their books, plate and money behind. The river was their 
 only resource, but even there they were not safe, for the flames 
 extended to such a distance on the waters, and such quantities 
 of burning timber, &c. were carried into it, that hundreds of 
 salmon were destroyed by the heat and cast ashore. 
 
 So awful indeed were the circumstances attending this 
 lire, by the suddenness of the destruction, the tremendous 
 noise, darkness and suffocation, that many in the town be- 
 lieved that the great day of final decision had come, and 
 that the foundations of the world were dissolving. The wri- 
 ter was informed by an eye witness, that he thought the 
 terrors of the last day were bursting upon him. Some new 
 settlements were totally destroyed with all their inhabitants ; 
 the smoke and flames having surrounded them in a moment 
 and cut off their retreat ; their blackened corpses wei-e after- 
 wards found in different positions, some in the act of escap- 
 ing, and others near their dwellings. Some of the Lum- 
 bermen preserved their lives by running into brooks, and lay- 
 ing down in the water until the flames, which were raging on 
 each bank had subsided. 
 
 Mr. (/ooney, in his work on this part of New-Brunswick, 
 is stated to have drawn a highly colored picture of the horrors 
 and sublimity of those terrific scenes ; but as the writer has 
 not the happiness of having that interesting w’ork, he has 
 
1Q8 
 
 merely stated a few of 4he prominent features and facts of 
 that dreadful calamity in as few words as possible, so as to 
 hand down a few of the leading circumstances to future years, 
 that the reniemberance of this awful visitation may not sink 
 into total oblivion, after time has obliterated the visible 
 mark of that awful scourge, which wanted no aid of language 
 to augment its terrors. 
 
 I shall only add, that on the Sunday following this dread- 
 ful scene, the inhabitants wei’c thrown into the greatest con- 
 sternation, from a report that the cattle had been suffocated 
 from the pressure of the atmosphere, and as an oppressive 
 sensation and difficulty of respiration began to prevail among 
 the people, holes were dug in the ground to inhale the fresh 
 air, as a last resource. Through a merciful Providence 
 they were preserved from that most horrid and extreme ca- 
 lamity. 
 
 On the same fatal 7 th October, destructive fires broke out 
 at Fredericton and the Oromocto, both at a nearly equal dis- 
 tance of 120 miles from Miramichi. In the forenoon of that 
 day, a fire broke out near the premises of the Commissioner 
 of Crown Lands and Forests, about a mile from Fredericton, 
 and while the inhabitants and engines were drawn out, leav- 
 ing the town with only women and children, another fire 
 broke out in the upper part of the town ; this was about two 
 o’clock P. M. and in the short space of fifteen minutes, it had 
 crossed two squares and reached the bank of the river. The 
 flames seemed to be forced along in one continued sheet, so 
 that nearly the whole squares were on fire at once. It was 
 stopped, almost by miracle, by the ceasing of the wind for a 
 few moments, as the last house near a small vacancy was 
 burning, — for scarcely had it fallen, when the wind shifted 
 to the North-west, (the precise point to drive the flames to the 
 cluster of buildings close to the burning house,) and blew a 
 gale, so that had not the fire been by that time well subdued, 
 it is probable the whole town would have been swept off, as 
 the wind drove direct on the main part of the town, and the 
 inhabitants were discouraged and w'orn out with fatigue. — 
 Eighty-nine buildings, valued wuth other property consumed 
 at fifty thousand pounds, were destroyed. Fortunately no 
 lives were lost, nor did any person receive any serious injuiy. 
 A considerable amount of property, however, was stolen by 
 wretches who fatten on public calamities. 
 
 On the same inauspicious 7 th of October, by a remarkable 
 coincidence, about twenty houses and barns were burnt down 
 on the Oromocto and Rushagoannes, and three children 
 
H9 
 
 were burnt to death. Other fires also were raging in other 
 parts of the country to an alarming extent at the same time, 
 particularly on the river Tobique, where most of the fine 
 groves of red pine were destroyed. 
 
 Great exertions were made in New-Brunswick, NovaSco- 
 tia, the Canadas, and the United States, as well as in Eng- 
 land and Scotland to relieve the sufferers, and liberal contri- 
 butions were made' both in money and provisions, besides 
 clothing and other articles were supplied by associations of 
 benevolent females and others ; and as the fall proved un- 
 commonly fine, it enabled the sufferers, who amounted to 
 nearly fifteen thousand, to procure themselves a shelter and 
 provisions for the ensuing winter. 
 
 The amount of losses ascertained at Miramichi, and given 
 into Sir Howard Douglas some months after the fire, was 
 ^6227,7 13 19s. 8d. which is far less than the supposed amount 
 before stated ; but as the great loss in the destruction of tim- 
 ber, and many other things of great value to the place, (but 
 which from their quality could not with propriety be taken 
 into the precise and accurate returns handed to him,) were 
 taken into the first estimation, which, as is usual in such cases, 
 was no doubt over-rated. 
 
 Many conflicting opinions were formed about the origin of 
 those destructive fires ; some supposed that from the conti- 
 nued heat and drought, spontaneous combustion had taken 
 place. But there is no occasion to resort to such questiona- 
 ble causes ; there can be little doubt, but this and the ad- 
 joining countries have been subject to destructive fires at dis- 
 tant periods, and, as was observed under the article Climate, 
 it is very evident that this country has frequently been denu- 
 ded of part of its forests by fires ; for in the revolution of 
 a number of years, (the exact period of which cannot be sta- 
 ted,) dry seasons occur, attended, as was the year 1825, with 
 great heats. These prepare the country, (particularly those 
 parts encumbered with old trees and brush,) for combustion ; 
 when the least spark dropped on any part sets the whole in 
 a blaze. Indeed it is surprising that fires do not ofiener rage 
 through the woods, when we consider the great aridity of the 
 forests after long droughts, and the numerous classes of per- 
 sons such as Indians, lumberers, and others, who roam 
 through the wilderness, and light up fires where they encamp, 
 or shake the etnbers out of their pipes among dry leaves and 
 othci combustibles, anJ pass on unheedful of the evils of their 
 thoughtlessness. 
 
 O 
 
 6 
 
130 
 
 To prevent the occurrence of such disastrous fires, great 
 vitrilance should be exerted in dry seasons to prevent their 
 be?ng kindled in the woods. Settlers should also be particu- 
 larly” cautious not to build in the forest until they have a suf- 
 ficient space cleared to ensure a retreat. 
 
 GLOUCESTER 
 
 Adjoins Northumberland, and commences at the eastern part 
 of the Parish of Saumarez, near the Nepisiguit river, and ex- 
 tends to the Province of Lower Canada. Jt is divided into 
 the following towns or parishes : — Saumarez, Bathurst, Be- 
 resford, Addington, and Eldon, and contains 8323 inhabi- 
 tants. 
 
 This County possesses great facilities for navigation, ha- 
 ving a continued line of bays, rivers, and other water 
 courses. First, by the Bay of Chaleur, which washes its 
 North-eastern line, and next by the great river Restigouche, 
 which forms its Northern boundary, and divides it from the 
 District of Gaspe, in Lower Canada. It has also a great 
 number of rivers, the principal of which, besides the Resti- 
 gouche, are the Nepisiguit, near the southern boundary of 
 the county, which has a considerable bay and is an important 
 shipping station ; the Little Nepisiguit, and the Upsalquitch, 
 which runs to the northward, and after intersecting the 
 county to a great distance, falls into the Restigouche. 
 
 All these rivers are frozen over in the winter, as well as 
 all the harbours along the coast. This is a great drawback 
 to the trade of the north-eastern counties : while the port of 
 Saint John is full of vessels, the ports along the Gulf shore 
 are fast locked up in frost. So sudden sometimes is the 
 change from mild weather to excessive cold, that vessels are 
 occasionally frozen up jn the harbours at the commencement 
 of winter, and remain in that state until spring. 
 
 Bathurst, the shire town of this count}', is situated on the 
 B.ay of Chaleur, and is a flourishing shipping port, having a 
 a good harbour and abundance of timber. It carries on a 
 brisk trade with the mother country in squared and sawed 
 lumber. The harbour, during the shipping season, is 
 thronged with vessels, and the shores and coves are enlivened 
 with -workmen preparing the several kinds of lumber for 
 shipment. — The town is well laid out, and contains a nun> 
 ber of fine dwelling houses, with several stores and mercan- 
 
131 
 
 tile establishments. The public buildings consist of a Court- 
 house and its appendages, a good Church belonging to the 
 establishment, and also a building in progress, one hundred 
 feet by fifty, intended for a place of worship for the members 
 of the Roman Catholic Church. This place is fast rising in 
 importance, and as it possesses abundant sources for a great 
 and lasting trade, it will, with its neighbour Dalhousie, at no 
 distant day be conspicuous among the rising towns of New- 
 Brunswick. — It was near this place that the French squadron 
 was destroyed by Commodore Byron in 1760. 
 
 Dalhousie, on the llestigouche, is the second town in this 
 county, and the first in trade. It is a thriving place, and, 
 like Bathurst, carries on a lively trade with Qreat -Britain in 
 the products of the forest. The town is fast improving in 
 buildings and in wealth. It has a Church, several fine 
 blocks of dwellings, with stores and other conveniences for 
 mercantile purposes. It is an excellent shipping port, and 
 from its contiguity to the great Pine districts, and command- , 
 ing the resources of the great river Restigouche, is most ad- 
 vantageously situated for prosecuting an extensive and un- 
 failing trade. 
 
 There are a number of small towns and villages springing 
 up in this extensive county. Enterprise is directing its ener- 
 gies to this long-neglected region, which possesses in an am- 
 ple manner, the sources of a great and lasting trade. The 
 numerous rivers and streams with which this part of the Pro- 
 vince is interspersed, laying open its inmost resources, and 
 offering facilities to the trader and farmer, must always en- 
 sure to an enterprising and industrious population the means 
 of comfort and an earnest of wealth. 
 
 Gloucester, on the whole, is an extensive and valuable 
 County: embracing a large extent on the Gulf shore, and 
 extending along the idver Restigouche, it possesses great fa- 
 cilities for trade. It abounds with almost inexhaustible 
 quantities of excellent timber of various kindsj besides other 
 sources of wealth, as well agricultural as mineral, which only 
 want developement to make them productive and profitable. 
 By far the greater part of this extensive County is still in a 
 wilderness state : having, until lately, formed a part of 
 Northumberland, the North-eastern part was too much ne- 
 glected, — the energies of the trading population being di- 
 rected to the more central parts about the river Miraraichi, 
 and the adjoining districts. This left the country bordering 
 on the Bay of Chaleur and the Restigouche in a neglected 
 
132 
 
 state for a long time ; the consequence was, that this whole 
 district, with the exception of a few scattered settlements 
 along the Gulf shore, was left without roads or other im- 
 provements ; but a great alteration has taken place within a 
 few years: Roads have been opened, — agriculture has been 
 attempted, — milling establishments and villages are dotting 
 the wilderness,— and the County is fast rising into importance. 
 Its great forests, as yet almost untouched, promise an abund- 
 ant supply for a great and permanent trade j and as the tim- 
 ber becomes exhausted in the central Counties, men of busi- 
 ness will transfer a part of their capital to this part of the 
 Province. Good roads are opening to connect the extreme 
 l)arts of this County with other parts of the Province ; open- 
 ing those roads will create settlements, promote population, 
 and consequently produce wealth. Its immense resources 
 will be brought into activity, and the event, no doubt, will 
 show that this section of the Province, so long neglected, is 
 not wanting in the means of soon rising to the rank of the 
 most favored Counties. 
 
 Postscript. — Wiiile these pages were in the hands of the printer^ 
 An Act to erect a part of the Coun*y of Gloucester into a separate 
 “ and distinct County,’^ (which had been passed by the Provincial 
 Legislature in the month of March, ISST, and was specially confirm- 
 ed by Her Majesty in Council on the 20th December, in the same 
 year), was published by authority, in the Province. By this Act “ all 
 that part of the County of Gloucester which lies to the northward 
 and westward, and included within the line drawn due south from 
 “ the mouth of Belldune River until it strikes the lino dividing the 
 Parish of Beresford and Bathurst in the said County, thence wes- 
 terly by the line dividing the Counties of Northumberland and 
 ‘‘ Gloucester, until it strikes the line of the Province of Lower Ca- 
 nada,” is erected into a separate and distinct County, to be known 
 by the name of the County of Restigouchk ; and that part of the 
 present County of Gloucester, not included within the limits of the 
 said new County, above described, shall henceforth comprise the 
 county of Glouce.ster. The Act also provides that one member to 
 serve in General Assembly of this Province is to be elected by the 
 Freeholders of Restigouche, and that Dalhousie shall be the Shire 
 Town of the County, at which place the necessary public buildings 
 are to be erected. 
 
APPEi^DlX. 
 
 BRIEF SUMMARY FOR 1837. 
 
 3Iasy important events have taken place in 183T. Ak 
 though New-Brunswick, which is deeply engaged in com- 
 mercial pursuits, has participated in the shock that has so 
 generally extended through the commercial classes both in 
 England and America, still the main-springs of her prospe- 
 rity are unimpaired. By the blessings of a bountiful Provi- 
 dence, an abundant harvest has done much to ameliorate 
 the condition of the poor, and is an earnest of a progressive 
 improvement in the transactions of the business classes 
 throughout the country. Few years have been more pro- 
 ductive than the last. 
 
 The Administration of the Province has also been chan- 
 ged, and general satisfaction pervades all classes. 
 
 The great amount of disposable revenue has enabled the 
 Legislature to extend the improvement of the country, by 
 opening and improving roads and providing for other inter- 
 nal improvements, among which may be noticed the provision 
 for a Provincial Asylum for Lunatics, and for the erection of 
 a Penitentiary at Saint John ; also an appropriation for the 
 erection of a building for the accommodation of the Supreme 
 Courts at Fredericton, with several other appropriations for 
 public purposes. But here it is to be regretted, when the 
 present state of the Province Hall is considered, that a suit- 
 able structure for the accommodation of the Provincial Par- 
 liament w’as not provided, instead of a Court House, at the 
 Seat of Government. That when the Province possesses 
 ample funds, a building commensurate with the advanced 
 state of the country should be wanting, and large sums ex- 
 pended on minor buildings, — that the Province Hall, which 
 should be the first building in the country, should be allowed 
 to dwindle into contempt, [i. e. on a comparison with other 
 things.) If, instead of frittering away money on additions 
 4 jnd small buildings, a good sum was at once appropriated 
 
ft>r the erection of a suitable Province Hall, no cloabt tiie 
 o!tl buibling would answer for the Courts and many other 
 purjioses for which small buildings will probably be erected 
 in detail. Parsimony is not always the best economy. 
 
 Great imjtrovements liave also lately been made on and 
 about Government House. Considerable works for the ac- 
 commodation of the military are likewise in progress. Bar- 
 racks are building in Saint John and Fredericton, end other 
 imj)rovements are contemplated by the Home Government. 
 
 The nett amount of the Provincial Revenue for 183T, 
 exclusive of Light-house, Emigrant, and Hospital duties, is- 
 .£51,9SS ; 13 : 10. The amount of Casual and Territorial Re- 
 venues paid over to the Province Treasurer, .^51,305 : 10 ; 2. 
 
 Amount of appropriations made by the Legislature l(>r 
 Provincial pinposes, in tlie last Session, for the year 1638,. 
 .£99,263 — being £15,04'5 more than for 1837, besides tne 
 amount for the Civil List and contingencies, which will pro- 
 bably extend to £16,000 more. 
 
 The annexed statements will shew the state of the Trade 
 for 1337, as compared with 1827. 
 
 I.NtTARDS-lS.^7. j INWARDS— IfciT. 
 
 
 rtssJs, 
 
 Tons. 
 
 A/tfi. 
 
 1 P’V.Sc/*, 
 
 Tctls. 
 
 /»/* . 
 
 From Gient-Rritiin, 
 
 420 
 
 14S,7Sa 
 
 
 1 3S3 
 
 11.3,131 
 
 
 “ lirifish C')lon;e' 
 
 , 1512 
 
 »4,57i 
 
 
 i 1156 
 
 C6, li»2 
 
 
 “ U:n; ed .Si.iies, 
 
 200 
 
 4.?,U0 
 
 
 : 115 
 
 1 4.1.;9 
 
 
 “ Foreign States, 
 
 19 
 
 4,387 
 
 
 i ^ 
 
 l,3l7 
 
 
 Totaf, . 
 
 . 2261 
 
 291,069 
 
 13,SS5 
 
 ' 1659 
 
 195 109 
 
 9*86 
 
 OUTWARDS- 
 
 1S37. 
 
 
 1 outwards- 
 
 1827v 
 
 To GfR'ii 13 i'lnii. 
 
 COO 
 
 212,417 
 
 
 391 
 
 130,997 
 
 
 “ lirinslj Colonics, 
 
 1418 
 
 78.443 
 
 
 1 1096 
 
 60,802 
 
 
 “ UmuclI Sidles, 
 
 183 
 
 16.054 
 
 
 i 100 
 
 11,382 
 
 
 “ Foreign States, 
 
 5 
 
 663 
 
 
 1 
 
 365 
 
 
 Totaf y . 
 
 , 2206 
 
 307,612 
 
 14,381 
 
 1590 
 
 203,513 
 
 11,311 
 
 Wheal Flour iroporied io 1S?7, - - 52 ISl Earreis. 
 
 Wneai, “ “ - - 1 19,*U0 Butihe a 
 
 Wheat aiul Rju Flour lUiporicd in 1S27, - - 45,203 JBurrels. 
 
 Square Tinibci e.xporied in 1?S7, 225 »t0.3 Tons — Doalc^aod noartid» 57,154 M- Feet. 
 ** •* in 1327, 1^7,332Ton6 — Dcah auJ Uuardz, lb,835 M . Ftei. 
 
 New Ve86»jld Registered in JS37, S5, adnic^eiiring 25.3iS Tons. 
 
 ‘ in 1327, 94, “ 20,097 Tons. 
 
 Vessels on Rocoidi of Registry, 31st Dec. 1837, - 450 — 103,159 Tens— 3289 Men. 
 
 “ “ 3lsl Dec. 1S27, - 32S— 43,471 ToU4i-2105 Met.. 
 
 hiuu A ru M. — In iho notice of the Daptisi Seminary, the numhci cf Pttpil? jr 
 D irutmenl incorrectly piiuicd 140, instead uf/orfj; 
 

 
 N 
 
 
 
 
for the erection of a suitable Province Kali, no doaot tlie 
 o!tl buihlinn- would answer for the Courts and many other 
 purposes for which small buildings will probably be erected 
 in detail. Parsimony is not always the best economy. 
 
 Great improvements have also lately been made on and- 
 about Government House. Considerable works for the^ac- 
 commodation of the military are Iike'.vise in progress. Bai- 
 racks are building in Saint John and h redericton, and olner 
 imjirovements are contemplated by the Home Government. 
 
 The nett amount of the Provincial Revenue for 183T, 
 ex^iusi\’o of Light-house, Emigrant, and Hospital duties, is- 
 s£b],93S: 13: 10. The amount of Casual and Territorial Ke- 
 venues paid over to the Province Treasurer, <^51,305 : 10 : 2. 
 
 Amount of appropriations made by the Legislature lor 
 Provincial pmi poses, in tlie last Session, lor the year iS3c,. 
 j£90,265 — being more than fur 1837, besides the 
 
 amount for the Civil List and contingencies, which will pro- 
 bably extend to .^16,000 more. 
 
 The annexed statements will shew the state of the Trade 
 for 1337, as compared with 1827. 
 
 I.NW.^RDS- 
 
 1S?7. 
 
 
 IN WARDS- 162*. 
 
 
 
 Tons. 
 
 Min. 
 
 yes<.U. 
 
 Tons. 
 
 F'osn Gr 
 
 430 
 
 US.TSj 
 
 
 383 
 
 113,131 
 
 “ firin.-h C-tlutLC' 
 
 , 1512 
 
 y4.57» 
 
 
 1156 
 
 CG, lu2 
 
 “ U;ii;ed S'.iles, 
 
 300 
 
 4.3, UO 
 
 
 115 
 
 1 4L59 
 
 “ F oreig’i Siates, 
 
 19 
 
 4,587 
 
 
 5 
 
 l,3i7 
 
 Totaf, . 
 
 . 2261 
 
 291,069 
 
 13,665 
 
 1659 
 
 193 109 9886 
 
 OUTWARDS- 
 
 -1S37. 
 
 1 
 
 OUTWARD5-182:.. 
 
 To Gi e-ii B» i'Hii, 
 
 600 
 
 212.417 
 
 1 
 
 i 
 
 S9l 
 
 130.997 
 
 Ilriiish Uoloi.ics, 
 
 1418 
 
 78,443 
 
 i 
 
 1096 
 
 60,St>2 
 
 “ U oiled Suit's , 
 
 183 
 
 16,054 
 
 
 100 
 
 11,382 
 
 “ Foifcign Stales, 
 
 5 
 
 663 
 
 1 
 
 3 
 
 365 
 
 Totaf, . 
 
 , 2206 
 
 307,612 
 
 11,331 
 
 1590 
 
 203.513 11,311 
 
 U’heal Flour imporieti in 1S?7, - - 52 ISl Barrels. 
 
 Wiieai, “ “ ... 1 19,7u0 Bushes 
 
 WhcAt and RjQ Flour ruiportcd in 1S27, - - 45,203 JQuriels. 
 
 Si|iKire Tini'jei e.^poried in 1337. 22^»t05Toi)S — Deal^aod noards, 57,154 M. Feel- 
 * In 1327, 1^57.332 Tono— Deals aud lioardc, IS, 335 M Feet. 
 
 New Vesetjls Registered in 1S3T, Sj, admeasuring 25.3SS Tons. 
 
 ‘ in 1S27, 94, 20,097 Tons. 
 
 Vcsscl-s on Rocoidi of Registry, 31st Dec. 1S37, - 450—103,159 IVds— 32S9 Mirf.. 
 
 “ “ 3lsl Dec. 1627, - 32S— 43,471 Tott4-2105 M^r.. 
 
 Knu.iTUM. — In ilio notice of liie Raptisi Seminary, the numLei cf ir 
 
 Vviu.ilc D |» vi(ru'jni is incorredK pi iuicd 140, instead vi’ fvrfy. 
 
( FISHER yPeter) . Notitia of New-Brunswick, for 1836, and extending into 
 183? ; comprising historical, geographical, statistical & commercjaL 
 notices of the Province. By ah Inhabitant. 
 
 '*";/hat ever concerns my Country, interests me; 
 
 "I follow nature, with' truth my guide". Saint John; Printed for the 
 author, bjr Henry Chubb, Market-Square. 1838. Tremain 2062, 136 pp . 
 corners a little frayed. 35.00 
 
136 
 
 for the erection of a suitable Province Kali, no doubt the 
 ()!cl buildinjT would answer for the Courts and many otlitr 
 purposes for which small buildings will probably be erected' 
 in detail. Parsimony is not always the best economy. 
 
 Great imiirovements have also lately been made on and 
 about Ooverninent House. Considerable works for the ac- 
 commodation of the military are likewise in progress. 13ai- 
 racks are building in Saint John and Fredericton, and other 
 imju’ovements are contemplated by the Home Government. 
 
 The nett amount of the Provincial Revenue for 183T, 
 exclusive of Light-house, Emigrant, and Hospital duties, is^ 
 j£51,9S8: 13: 10. Tlie amount of Casual and Territorial Re- 
 venues paid over to tlie Province Treasurer, ^51,305 : 10:2. 
 
 Amount of appropriations made by the Legislature for 
 Provincial purposes, in the last Session, for the year 1638, 
 ^£90,265 — being £ 15,013 more than for 1837, besides the 
 amount for the Civil List and contingencies, which will pro- 
 bably extend to 16,000 more. 
 
 The annexed statements will shew the state of the Trade 
 for 1337, as compared with 1827. 
 
 IN4V 
 
 aRDS — 
 
 1S37. 
 
 
 ; 1N\VARDS-Ifc2“ 
 
 
 l\ci.!s. 
 
 Tonj. 
 
 Min. 
 
 1 
 
 , TtnA. jV/tit 
 
 F^osn Gi pal-R''itiin, 
 
 420 
 
 14S,TSa 
 
 
 \ 383 
 
 113,131 
 
 “ firifL-h C dun.'C' 
 
 , 1512 
 
 94.374 
 
 
 i 1156 
 
 CG,l;2 
 
 “ U ii; ed vSi.iles, 
 
 300 
 
 43,120 
 
 
 115 
 
 14.1.39 
 
 “ Foreign Siaies, 
 
 19 
 
 4,5S7 
 
 
 5 
 
 l,3i7 
 
 Totaf, . 
 
 . 2261 
 
 291,069 
 
 13.SS5 
 
 ' 1659 
 
 195 109 
 
 outwards- 
 
 -1S37. 
 
 
 OUT\V.4RDS-1S2Ts 
 
 T*> Gt e ii 15 i: tin. 
 
 GOO 
 
 212.417 
 
 
 891 
 
 130,997 
 
 liriHsh Colonics, 
 
 1418 
 
 78,443 
 
 
 1096 
 
 60,S02 
 
 “ Uniicd Sldlrs, 
 
 183 
 
 16.054 
 
 
 100 
 
 11,382 
 
 “ Foreign Stales, 
 
 3 
 
 668 
 
 
 3 
 
 365 
 
 Total, . 
 
 . 2206 
 
 307,612 
 
 14,331 
 
 1590 
 
 203,513 11,31 
 
 Wheal Flour iroporied in IS?' 
 
 7. . ^ 52 1S1 
 
 Parreis. 
 
 Wiieai, 
 
 It 
 
 ( i 
 
 - . . 1 
 
 19,7u0 
 
 Ruiihe s) 
 
 Wheal .and R 
 
 j 0 Flour 
 
 imported in 
 
 1S27. - 
 
 . 45,203 Curtels. 
 
 Si|U<ire Tinibei' e.xporied in 1537, 2?5.t0.3Toiis — Doal^aod Hoarde, 57,154 M. Feet. 
 
 “ in 1327, lb7, 332 Tons— Deals and Coardc, lb,S35 M Feel. 
 
 New Vessels Registered in JS37, S5, admcifuring 25.3SS Tons. 
 
 ‘ in 1327, 94^ “ 20,097 Tons. 
 
 Vcsscl.s on Records of Registry, 31st Dec. 1837. - 450—103,159 Ttms— 3289 Men. 
 
 “ “ 3lsi Dec. 1S27, - 323— 43,471 Ti>ii*-2105 5Icr.. 
 
 fdiiRA ruiM. — Ill liio notice of ilie. Rapiisi Seminary, the numLet tf Pupil? ir. iW 
 Vetu.ilc D piitmeni is incorrec’ly piiuicd 140, instead vi'fvrfy 
 

 V 
 
 i